1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22230 48822 858219 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22266 10298
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22230 48822
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22230 48822
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22290 3781 435180
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22230 48822
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22290 3771 143246 695000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22230 48822 636220 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22230
841 ;;;;;; 48822 635220 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22230 48822 805219
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22230 48822 858219
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22230 48822 636220
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22230
982 ;;;;;; 48822 865219 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22290 3771 146246
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22266 10298 385370
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1069 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1070 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1072 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1074 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1076 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1077 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1078 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1079 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1080 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1081 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1083 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1084 noninteractive functions.
1086 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1087 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1089 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1090 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1092 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1094 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1095 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1097 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1099 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1100 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1101 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1102 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1104 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1105 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1106 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1107 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1110 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1112 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1116 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1117 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1118 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1119 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1120 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1125 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1126 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1127 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1128 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1129 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1131 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1132 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1133 names and values of properties.
1135 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1137 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1139 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1140 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1141 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1142 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1143 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1144 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1146 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1147 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1148 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1149 documentation strings.
1151 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22230 48822 637220
1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1161 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1162 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1163 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1164 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1165 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1166 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1168 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1169 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 \\{archive-mode-map}
1174 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22230 48822 637220 0))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1181 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1182 Major mode for editing arrays.
1184 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1185 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1186 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1188 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1190 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1191 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1192 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1194 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1195 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1196 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1197 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 Variables you assign:
1201 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1202 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1203 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1204 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1205 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1206 row numbers in the buffer.
1208 Variables which are calculated:
1209 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1210 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1212 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1213 take a numeric prefix argument):
1215 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1216 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1217 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1218 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1220 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1221 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1222 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1223 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1226 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1228 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1230 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1231 between that of point and mark.
1233 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1234 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1236 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1237 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1238 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1239 newlines inside rows)
1241 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1243 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22230 48822
1251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1252 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1254 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1256 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1257 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1258 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1260 How to quit Artist mode
1262 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1265 How to submit a bug report
1267 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1270 Drawing with the mouse:
1273 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1274 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1282 --------------------------------------------------------------
1283 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1316 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1317 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1318 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1322 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1323 overwrite means the opposite.
1325 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1326 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1327 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1329 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1331 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1332 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1334 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1335 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1336 are currently drawing something.
1338 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1343 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1350 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1352 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1354 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1356 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1357 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1359 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1365 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1366 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1367 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1368 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1369 When pasting: Pastes
1371 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1373 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1375 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1376 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1377 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1378 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1379 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1380 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1386 of the line/poly-line
1388 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1389 of the line/poly-line
1394 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1396 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1399 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1400 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1403 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1409 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1412 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1414 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1415 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1421 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1423 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1424 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1425 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1426 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1427 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1428 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1429 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1430 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1431 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1432 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1433 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1435 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1436 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1437 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1438 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1439 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1440 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1441 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1445 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22230 48822
1458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1460 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1461 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1462 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1464 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1469 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1470 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1472 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1473 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1475 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22290
1485 ;;;;;; 3771 182246 444000))
1486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1488 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1489 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1490 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22230 48822 637220
1499 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1501 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1502 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1503 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1505 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1507 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1508 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1510 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1511 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1513 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1514 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1515 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1516 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1517 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1518 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1519 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1520 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1524 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1525 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1526 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1527 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1529 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1533 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1534 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1535 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1538 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1540 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1542 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1543 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1545 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1546 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1548 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1549 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1550 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1552 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22230 48822
1560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1562 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1563 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22230 48822 637220
1571 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1573 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1574 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1575 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1582 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1584 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1586 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1587 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1588 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1591 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1593 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1595 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1596 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1598 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1599 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1601 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1602 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22290
1609 ;;;;;; 3771 155246 618000))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1616 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1618 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1620 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1622 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1623 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1624 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1625 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1626 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1628 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1630 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1632 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1633 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1634 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1635 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1636 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1638 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1639 directory or directories specified.
1641 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1642 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1643 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1644 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1645 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1646 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1648 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1650 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1651 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1652 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1653 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22298 5692 409287
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1664 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1670 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1671 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1674 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1675 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1676 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1680 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1683 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1684 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1688 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1689 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1691 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1692 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1694 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1695 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1696 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1697 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1698 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1700 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1701 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1702 writing before you save the file!
1704 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1708 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1709 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1711 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1712 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1716 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1717 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1718 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1721 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1723 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1725 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1726 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1728 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1729 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1731 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1732 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1733 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1735 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1736 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1737 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1738 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1739 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1741 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1742 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1743 specifies in the mode line.
1745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22230 48822 638220 0))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1752 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1753 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1754 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1758 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1760 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1761 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1762 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1763 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1765 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1766 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1767 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1769 Effects of the different modes:
1770 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1771 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1772 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1773 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1774 a random distance & direction.
1775 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1776 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1777 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1779 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1780 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1781 definition of \"random distance\".)
1783 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22230 48822
1789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1791 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1793 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1794 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1796 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1797 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1798 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22261 18214 489021
1808 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1809 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1811 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1818 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1819 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1820 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1823 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1825 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1827 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1828 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1833 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1834 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1835 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22230
1843 ;;;;;; 48822 683220 0))
1844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1846 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1847 Time execution of FORMS.
1848 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1849 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1851 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1852 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1853 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1855 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1860 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1861 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1862 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1863 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1865 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1867 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1869 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1870 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1871 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1872 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1873 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1875 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22230 48822
1881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1883 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1884 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1885 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1886 of corresponding buffers.
1887 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1888 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1889 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1890 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1891 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1893 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1894 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1895 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1897 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1899 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1900 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1902 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1904 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1905 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1906 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1907 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1909 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1910 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1911 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1912 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1913 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1915 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1916 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1919 Special information:
1921 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1923 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1924 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1925 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1926 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1927 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1928 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1929 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1931 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1932 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1933 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1935 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1936 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1937 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1938 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1939 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1940 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1941 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1942 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1944 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1946 ----------------------------------------------------------
1947 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1948 if that value is non-nil.
1954 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1955 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1956 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1957 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1958 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1959 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1960 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1961 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1962 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1963 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1964 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1965 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1967 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 914219 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1975 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1976 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22230 48822 787219
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1986 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1987 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1991 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1993 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1995 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1996 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1998 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2000 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2001 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2003 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22230 48822
2009 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2011 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2013 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2017 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2018 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2019 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2020 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2021 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2026 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2027 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2030 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2033 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2034 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2036 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2037 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2039 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2040 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2041 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2042 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2043 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2044 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2048 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2050 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2051 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2052 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2053 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2055 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2056 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2057 denoted by the letter `R'.
2059 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2060 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2061 denoted by the letter `H'.
2063 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2066 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2067 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2068 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2069 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2070 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2071 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2074 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2075 degree deflection it causes.
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2081 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2088 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2089 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2102 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2103 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2104 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2105 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2106 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2107 emerging from the box.
2109 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2116 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22230 48822 638220
2129 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2136 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2137 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2138 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2139 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2140 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2141 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2143 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2144 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2145 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2147 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2148 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2149 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2150 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2151 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2154 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2155 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2156 yank successive words.
2158 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2159 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2160 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2161 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2162 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2164 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2165 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2166 the list of bookmarks.)
2168 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2170 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2171 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2172 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2174 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2175 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2176 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2177 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2178 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2179 ever deletes the most recent one.
2181 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2182 is nil, raise an error.
2184 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2185 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2186 yank successive words.
2188 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2189 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2190 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2191 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2192 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2194 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2195 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2196 the list of bookmarks.)
2198 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2200 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2201 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2207 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2208 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2209 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2210 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2212 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2213 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2215 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2216 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2217 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2219 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2222 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2224 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2227 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2229 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2230 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2231 after a bookmark was set in it.
2233 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2235 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2236 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2238 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2239 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2241 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2243 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2245 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2246 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2247 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2248 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2250 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2251 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2252 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2254 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2255 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2258 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2261 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2262 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2264 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2265 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2266 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2269 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2271 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2272 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2274 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2275 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2276 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2277 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2278 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2279 probably because we were called from there.
2281 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2284 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2288 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2291 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2292 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2293 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2296 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2297 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2298 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2299 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2300 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2302 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2303 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2304 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2305 `bookmark-default-file'.
2307 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2310 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2311 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2312 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2313 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2316 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2317 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2318 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2319 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2320 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2323 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2324 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2325 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2327 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2329 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2330 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2331 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2332 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2333 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2337 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2339 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2341 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2342 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2346 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2348 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22230 48822
2354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2356 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2357 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2358 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2359 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2361 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2362 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2363 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2364 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2365 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2367 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2369 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2371 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2372 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2373 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2374 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2376 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2380 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2381 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2384 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2387 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2391 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2394 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2399 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2400 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2401 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2402 first, if that exists.
2404 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2405 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2406 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2408 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2411 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2415 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2416 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2417 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2421 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2422 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2423 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2424 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2425 says which browser to use.
2429 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2430 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2431 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2432 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2434 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2438 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2439 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2451 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2460 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2462 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2463 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2464 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2465 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2468 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2469 new tab in an existing window instead.
2471 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2472 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2479 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2481 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2482 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2483 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2486 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2487 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2489 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2490 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2497 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2499 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2503 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2506 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2514 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2515 new tab in an existing window instead.
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2530 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2531 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2532 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2536 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2537 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2549 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2550 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2551 program is invoked according to the variable
2552 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2554 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2555 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2556 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2557 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2560 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2568 Default to the URL around or before point.
2570 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2571 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2572 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2574 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2575 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2576 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2577 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2580 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2584 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2589 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2591 When called interactively, if variable
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2593 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2594 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2595 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2598 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2599 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2601 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2602 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2611 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2612 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2614 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2615 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2621 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2622 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2628 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2629 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2630 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2631 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2632 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2633 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2634 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2636 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2638 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2639 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2640 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2641 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2642 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2644 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2645 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2646 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2647 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2649 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2650 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2652 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2655 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2656 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2657 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2658 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2661 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2662 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2663 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2664 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2666 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2667 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2669 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2671 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2672 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2673 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2674 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2675 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2676 don't offer a form of remote control.
2678 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2680 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2681 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2682 Default to the URL around or before point.
2683 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around the point.
2691 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2692 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2694 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2695 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2697 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22230 48822 639220 0))
2702 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2703 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2705 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2706 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2707 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2708 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2713 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2719 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2720 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2724 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2725 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2727 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2728 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2729 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2730 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2732 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2733 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2734 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2735 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2736 name of buffer configuration.
2742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22230 48822 859219
2744 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2746 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2748 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2749 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2750 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2751 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2752 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2753 columns on its right towards the left.
2755 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2756 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2758 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2765 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 866219 0))
2766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2768 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2770 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2771 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2772 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2773 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2774 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2779 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22290
2786 ;;;;;; 3771 157246 605000))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2788 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2789 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2790 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2792 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2794 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2795 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2796 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2797 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2798 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2799 else the global value will be modified.
2801 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2803 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2804 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2805 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2806 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2807 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2808 else the global value will be modified.
2810 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2812 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2814 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2816 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2818 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2819 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2820 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2824 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2825 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2826 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2827 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2830 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2831 that already has a `.elc' file.
2833 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2834 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2836 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2837 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2838 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2839 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2840 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2841 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2843 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2845 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2846 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2847 Print the result in the echo area.
2848 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2853 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2854 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2856 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2858 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2859 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2860 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2861 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2862 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2863 all functions called by those functions.
2865 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2866 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2867 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2869 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2870 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2871 invoked interactively.
2873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2875 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2876 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2877 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2878 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2883 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2886 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2887 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2888 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2891 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2893 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2894 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2895 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2896 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2898 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2899 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2900 and corresponding effects.
2902 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22230
2907 ;;;;;; 48822 649220 0))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2910 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22230 48822
2916 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2918 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2920 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2922 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22290
2927 ;;;;;; 3771 147246 670000))
2928 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2930 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2931 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2932 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2933 from the cursor position.
2935 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22230 48822 647220 0))
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2941 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2943 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2944 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2949 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2951 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2953 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2954 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2956 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2959 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2960 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2961 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2963 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2967 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2968 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2970 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2973 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2974 This is most useful in the X window system.
2975 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2976 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2978 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2980 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2981 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2982 See calc-keypad for details.
2984 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2986 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2987 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2989 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2991 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2992 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2994 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2996 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2997 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2999 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3001 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3002 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3003 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3005 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3007 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3008 Define Calc function.
3010 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3011 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3012 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3014 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3015 actual Lisp function name.
3017 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3019 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3021 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22230 48822
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3029 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22290 3771 146246
3038 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3040 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3041 Run the Emacs calculator.
3042 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22230 48822
3050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3052 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3053 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3054 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3055 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3056 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3057 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3059 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3060 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3061 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3062 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3063 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3064 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3065 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3066 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3069 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3070 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3072 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3073 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3074 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3075 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3076 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3077 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3079 Runs the following hooks:
3081 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3082 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3083 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3084 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3086 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22290 3771 183246
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3096 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3097 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3099 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3101 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3102 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3103 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3106 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22290
3111 ;;;;;; 3781 429180 218000))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3114 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3115 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22230 48822
3123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3125 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3126 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3128 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3129 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3131 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3132 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3134 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3136 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3137 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3143 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3145 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3146 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3149 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3152 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3154 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3156 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3157 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3160 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3163 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3165 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3166 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3169 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3171 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3172 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3174 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3176 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3177 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3180 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3182 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3183 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3185 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3186 variables are guessed:
3188 * `c-basic-offset', and
3189 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3192 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3193 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3195 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3196 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3198 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3199 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3200 guess is made from scratch.
3202 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3203 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3205 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3207 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3208 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3209 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3210 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3212 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3213 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3214 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3216 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22290 3771
3221 ;;;;;; 292245 733000))
3222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3224 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3226 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3227 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3228 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3229 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3230 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3232 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing C code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3247 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3248 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3260 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3263 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3282 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3298 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Java code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3317 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3320 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3337 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3338 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3339 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3340 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3341 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3342 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3345 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3347 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3348 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3354 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3355 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3360 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3361 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3362 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3363 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3364 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3365 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3367 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3369 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3370 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22230
3380 ;;;;;; 48822 872219 0))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3383 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3384 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3385 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3386 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3388 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3390 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3391 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3394 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3395 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3396 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3397 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3401 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3402 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3403 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3406 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3408 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3409 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3410 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3411 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3413 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3415 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3416 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3417 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3419 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3421 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3422 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3423 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3424 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3425 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3427 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22290 3771
3432 ;;;;;; 293245 726000))
3433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3434 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3435 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3436 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22230 48822 763219
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3444 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3445 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3449 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3450 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3452 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3454 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3455 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3457 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3458 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3459 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3460 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3463 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3465 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3467 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3468 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3470 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3471 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3475 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3476 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3477 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3478 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3479 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3483 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3484 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3485 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3487 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3488 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3491 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3493 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3495 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3498 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3499 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3501 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3502 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3503 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3506 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3508 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3509 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3510 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3514 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3518 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3519 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3520 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3521 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3522 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3523 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3525 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3527 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3531 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3533 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3535 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3536 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3539 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3545 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3546 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3547 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3548 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3549 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3550 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3551 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3552 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3553 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3554 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3555 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3556 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3557 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3558 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3559 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3560 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3563 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3564 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3566 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3567 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3569 | (write EXPRESSION)
3570 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3571 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3577 ;; Same as: (write string)
3579 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3580 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3581 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3584 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3585 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3586 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3587 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3588 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3589 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3591 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3592 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3594 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3597 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3598 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3599 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3601 ARG := REG | integer
3604 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3607 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3610 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3613 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3614 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3619 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3624 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3627 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3628 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3630 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3631 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3632 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3635 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3636 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3640 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3642 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3645 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3649 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3650 ;; Same meaning as C code
3651 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3653 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3659 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3662 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3667 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3671 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3672 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3673 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3674 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3676 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3677 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3678 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3679 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3681 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3682 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3683 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3686 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3687 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3688 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3690 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3691 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3692 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3694 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3695 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3697 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3702 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3703 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3704 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3705 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3707 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3708 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3711 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3713 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3715 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3716 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3717 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3718 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3719 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3720 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3722 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3724 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3725 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3726 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3728 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3730 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22230 48822
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3738 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3739 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3740 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3741 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3743 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3745 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3747 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3748 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3750 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22230 48822 656220
3756 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3757 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22230 48822
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3766 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3767 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3768 There are no special keybindings by default.
3770 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3771 to the action header.
3775 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3776 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3777 There are no special keybindings by default.
3779 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3780 to the action header.
3784 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3785 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22230
3792 ;;;;;; 48822 674220 0))
3793 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3795 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3796 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3797 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3798 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3799 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3801 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3802 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3804 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3805 from which to start.
3807 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22230 48822
3813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3814 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3819 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 685220 0))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3822 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3823 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3824 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3828 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3829 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3830 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22290
3837 ;;;;;; 3771 157246 605000))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3839 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3840 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3850 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3853 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3857 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3858 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3859 the users will view as each check is completed.
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3865 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3866 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3867 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3868 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3869 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3870 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3872 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3875 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3876 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3877 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3878 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3879 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3880 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3881 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3883 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3886 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3887 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3888 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3889 spacing are all verified.
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3895 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3896 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3897 otherwise stop after the first error.
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3904 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3907 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3908 Only documentation strings are checked.
3909 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3910 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3916 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3918 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3919 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3926 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3929 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3932 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3934 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3936 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3941 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3942 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3947 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3948 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3949 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3950 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3955 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3956 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3957 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3958 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3959 space at the end of each line.
3961 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3963 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3964 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3965 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3966 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3972 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4027 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4028 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4029 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4030 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4032 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4033 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4034 checking of documentation strings.
4036 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4040 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4041 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22230
4048 ;;;;;; 48822 769219 0))
4049 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4051 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4052 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4053 Return the length of resulting text.
4055 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4057 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4058 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4062 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4063 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4064 Return the length of resulting text.
4066 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4068 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4069 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4073 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4078 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4081 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22230 48822 674220
4087 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4089 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4090 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4091 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4092 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4093 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4094 editing and the result is evaluated.
4096 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4098 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4099 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4100 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4101 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4102 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4104 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4108 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4109 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4110 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4111 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4112 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4114 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4115 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4116 \\{command-history-map}
4118 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4119 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22230
4126 ;;;;;; 48822 687220 0))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4129 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4130 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4131 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4132 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4133 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4134 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4135 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4138 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4139 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4140 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4143 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4144 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4146 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4147 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4148 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4149 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4150 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4151 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4152 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4153 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4154 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4155 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4156 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4157 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4159 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4160 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4161 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4163 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4164 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4165 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4168 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4170 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4172 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4174 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4175 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4177 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4178 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4180 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4181 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4182 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4183 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4184 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4185 value specified by their associated list element.
4187 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4189 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4190 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4191 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4193 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4194 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4195 * indent the first argument by 4.
4196 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4197 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4198 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4200 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4201 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4202 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4205 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22266 10298
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4212 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4214 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4216 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4217 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4218 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4219 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4220 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4221 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4223 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4224 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22230 48822
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4232 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4233 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4234 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4235 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4237 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4238 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4239 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4240 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4242 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4243 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4245 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22230 48822 674220
4251 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4253 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4254 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4255 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4256 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4257 of `scheme-program-name').
4258 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4259 it is given as initial input.
4260 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4261 discards input when it starts up.
4262 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4264 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22230 48822 674220 0))
4271 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4273 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4274 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4275 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4276 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4278 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4279 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4281 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4282 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4283 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4285 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22290 3781 415180 308000))
4290 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4292 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4293 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4294 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4295 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4296 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4297 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4298 functions have already modified the buffer.
4300 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4302 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4303 either globally or locally.")
4305 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4306 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4307 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4308 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4310 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4311 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4312 `start-file-process'
4313 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4314 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4315 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4317 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4318 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4320 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4322 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4324 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4326 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4327 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4328 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4329 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4330 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4331 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4332 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4333 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4334 process as its initial input.
4336 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4338 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4340 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4342 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4343 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4344 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4345 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4346 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4347 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4349 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4351 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4353 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4354 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4355 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4356 directory tracking functions.")
4358 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4359 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4360 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4362 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4364 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4366 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4367 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4368 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4370 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4372 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4374 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4375 Send COMMAND to current process.
4376 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4377 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4379 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22230 48822
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4394 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4395 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4396 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4397 to get another window.
4399 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4400 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4402 This command pushes the mark in each window
4403 at the prior location of point in that window.
4404 If both windows display the same buffer,
4405 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4406 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4408 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4409 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4410 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4411 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4412 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4413 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4414 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4417 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4418 this command work in interlaced mode:
4419 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4420 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4421 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4423 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22290 3781
4428 ;;;;;; 430180 211000))
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4431 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4432 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4436 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4437 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4438 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4442 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4443 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4444 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4446 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4448 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4449 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4450 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4451 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4452 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4454 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4455 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4456 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4457 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4458 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4460 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4461 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4462 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4463 describing how the process finished.")
4465 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4466 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4467 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4468 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4469 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4471 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4472 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4473 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4475 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4477 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4478 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4479 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4480 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4485 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4487 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4488 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4490 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4492 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4493 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4494 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4495 (concat \"make -k \"
4496 (if buffer-file-name
4497 (shell-quote-argument
4498 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4500 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4501 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4503 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4504 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4505 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4506 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4508 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4510 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4511 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4512 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4513 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4515 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4516 and move to the source code that caused it.
4518 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4519 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4521 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4522 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4523 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4524 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4525 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4527 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4528 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4529 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4530 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4532 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4533 kills its subprocesses.
4535 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4536 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4537 to a function that generates a unique name.
4539 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4542 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4543 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4544 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4546 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4547 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4549 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4550 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4551 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4552 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4554 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4555 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4556 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4558 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4560 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4562 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4563 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4564 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4565 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4566 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4568 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4570 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4572 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4574 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4576 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4577 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4579 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4580 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4582 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4583 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4584 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4585 See `compilation-mode'.
4587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4590 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4592 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4593 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4595 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4596 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4601 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4602 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4603 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4605 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22266 10298 387370
4611 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4613 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4614 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4615 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4618 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4620 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4622 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4623 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4624 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4625 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4626 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22230
4633 ;;;;;; 48822 916218 0))
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4636 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4637 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4638 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4639 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4640 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4641 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4642 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4644 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4645 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4646 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4648 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4649 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4650 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4652 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4653 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4654 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4655 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4657 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4658 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4659 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4660 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4661 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4662 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4663 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4669 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4670 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4671 Comments start with `#'.
4672 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4684 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4686 Comments start with `;'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4691 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4692 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4693 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4695 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4696 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4700 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4702 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4703 between `/*' and `*/'.
4704 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4706 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4707 // another kind of comment
4719 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4720 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4721 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4722 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4723 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4724 `conf-space-keywords'.
4725 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4726 in an interactive fashion instead.
4728 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4730 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4732 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4736 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4738 # Standard multimedia devices
4739 add /dev/audio desktop
4740 add /dev/mixer desktop
4744 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4745 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4746 See `conf-space-mode'.
4748 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4750 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4751 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4752 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4753 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4755 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4757 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4758 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4762 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4763 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4764 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4765 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4767 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4769 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4770 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4774 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4775 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4776 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4777 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4779 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22230 48822 859219
4790 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4792 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4793 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4794 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4795 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4796 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4797 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4799 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4801 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4802 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4803 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4804 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4806 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4808 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4809 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4810 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4811 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4813 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22230
4818 ;;;;;; 48822 688220 0))
4819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4820 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4821 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4822 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4824 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4825 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4826 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4827 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4828 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4829 following the copyright are updated as well.
4830 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4833 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4835 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4836 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4837 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4838 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4839 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4843 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4844 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4846 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4848 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4849 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4850 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4852 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22266
4857 ;;;;;; 10298 455370 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4859 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4860 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4864 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4865 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4867 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4868 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4869 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4870 Tab indents for Perl code.
4871 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4872 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4874 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4875 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4876 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4877 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4878 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4879 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4880 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4881 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4882 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4883 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4884 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4885 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4887 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4889 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4890 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4892 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4894 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4895 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4896 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4897 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4898 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4899 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4900 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4901 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4902 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4904 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4908 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4909 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4910 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4913 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4914 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4915 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4917 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4919 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4920 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4921 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4922 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4923 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4925 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4935 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4936 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4937 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4938 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4939 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4940 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4941 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4942 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4943 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4944 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4945 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4946 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4947 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4949 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4950 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4951 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4952 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4953 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4954 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4956 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4957 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4960 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4961 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4962 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4963 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4964 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4966 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4967 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4968 span the needed amount of lines.
4970 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4971 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4972 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4973 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4975 Variables controlling indentation style:
4976 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4977 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4978 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4979 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4980 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4981 `cperl-auto-newline'
4982 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4983 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4984 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4985 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4986 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4987 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4988 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4989 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4990 `cperl-indent-level'
4991 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4992 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4993 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4994 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4995 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4996 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4997 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4998 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4999 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5000 `cperl-brace-offset'
5001 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5002 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5003 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5004 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5005 `cperl-label-offset'
5006 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5007 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5008 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5010 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5011 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5012 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5013 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5014 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5015 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5017 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5018 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5019 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5020 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5022 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5023 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5024 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5025 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5026 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5027 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5028 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5030 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5031 column 0 is indented on
5032 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5034 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5037 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5038 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5039 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5043 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5044 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5048 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5049 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22230 48822 875219
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5059 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5060 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5061 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5062 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5063 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5067 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5068 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22230 48822 688220
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5078 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5079 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5080 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5081 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5082 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5083 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5084 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5085 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5087 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5088 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5090 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5091 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5092 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5094 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5095 with empty strings removed.
5097 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22290 3771
5102 ;;;;;; 321245 545000))
5103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5105 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5106 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5109 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5111 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5112 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22230 48822
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5122 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5123 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5124 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5127 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5129 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5131 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5132 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5134 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5135 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5137 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5138 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5139 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5140 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5141 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5142 normal function of these prefix keys.
5144 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5145 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5147 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5148 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5149 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5151 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5152 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5153 the prefix fallback behavior.
5155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5157 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5158 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22230 48822
5166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5168 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5169 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5170 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5177 ;;;;;; (22266 10298 393370 0))
5178 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5180 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5181 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5185 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5186 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5187 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5188 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5189 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5190 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5191 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22290 3771 151246
5199 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5201 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5202 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5204 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5206 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5207 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5209 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5211 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5212 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5214 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5216 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5217 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5219 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5220 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5222 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5223 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5225 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5227 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5229 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5230 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5231 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5234 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5236 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5237 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5239 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5240 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5242 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5244 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5246 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5247 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5251 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5253 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5254 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5256 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5257 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5259 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5261 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5263 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5264 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5265 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5266 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5268 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5269 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5270 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5272 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5275 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5276 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5277 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5278 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5282 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5284 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5285 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5289 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5291 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5293 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5295 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5298 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5300 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5302 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5305 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5307 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5309 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5310 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5311 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5313 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5315 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5316 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5317 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5318 as part of Emacs itself.
5320 Each elements looks like this:
5322 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5324 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5325 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5326 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5327 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5328 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5329 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5330 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5333 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5335 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5336 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5337 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5338 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5339 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5341 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5342 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5343 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5344 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5346 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5348 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5349 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5350 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5351 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5352 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5355 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5356 that were added or redefined since that version.
5358 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5362 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5363 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5365 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5367 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5368 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5370 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5373 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5374 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5377 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5379 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5382 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5386 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5387 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5391 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5392 Customize all saved options and faces.
5396 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5397 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5398 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5399 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5400 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5401 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5403 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5404 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5405 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5407 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5409 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5410 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5412 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5414 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5415 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5417 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5419 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5420 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5422 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5424 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5425 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5426 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5427 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5431 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5433 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5434 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5435 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5437 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5439 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5441 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5442 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5443 The result includes selecting that window.
5444 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5445 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5446 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5449 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5451 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5452 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5454 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5456 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5457 File used for storing customization information.
5458 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5459 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5460 it should be an absolute file name.
5462 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5463 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5464 something like the following in your init file:
5466 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5469 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5470 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5472 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5473 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5474 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5475 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5476 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5478 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5479 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5480 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5481 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5482 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5483 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5484 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5485 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5486 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5487 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5489 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5491 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5492 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5496 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5497 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5501 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5502 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5503 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5505 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5507 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5508 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5509 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5510 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5511 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5513 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22230 48822 677220
5519 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5521 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5522 Create or edit a custom theme.
5523 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5524 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5525 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5526 from the Custom save file.
5527 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5528 named *Custom Theme*.
5530 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5532 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5533 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5537 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5538 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5542 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5543 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5544 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5545 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22230 48822
5553 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5555 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5556 Mode used for cvs status output.
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22230 48822 875219
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5565 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5567 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5568 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5570 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5572 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5573 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5574 C++ modes are included.
5576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5577 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5578 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5582 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5584 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5585 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5586 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5589 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5591 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5593 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5594 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5595 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5596 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5597 ARG is omitted or nil.
5599 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5600 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5601 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22230
5608 ;;;;;; 48822 770219 0))
5609 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5611 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5612 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5614 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5616 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5617 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5619 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5621 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5622 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5623 For readability, the table is slightly
5624 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5626 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5627 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5628 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5629 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5630 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5632 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22266 10298 387370
5638 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5639 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5640 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5641 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5642 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5644 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5645 Completion on current word.
5646 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5647 and presents suggestions for completion.
5649 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5650 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5653 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5654 then it searches *all* buffers.
5656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5658 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5659 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5661 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5662 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5663 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5664 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5665 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5667 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5668 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5670 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5671 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5672 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5674 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5675 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5677 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22230 48822
5685 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5687 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5688 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5690 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22230 48822 806219 0))
5695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5697 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5698 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5699 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5700 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5701 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22230 48822
5709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5711 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5712 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5714 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5715 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5716 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5718 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5719 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5720 Data lines are not indented.
5725 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5727 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5728 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5729 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5730 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5732 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5735 Extra indentation within blocks.
5737 dcl-continuation-offset
5738 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5741 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5743 dcl-margin-label-offset
5744 Indentation for a label.
5746 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5747 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5749 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5750 dcl-block-end-regexp
5751 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5752 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5753 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5754 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5755 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5757 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5758 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5759 Two such functions are included in the package:
5760 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5761 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5763 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5764 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5765 One such function is included in the package:
5766 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5768 dcl-tab-always-indent
5769 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5770 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5773 dcl-electric-characters
5774 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5777 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5778 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5779 which words trigger electric indentation.
5782 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5783 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5784 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5786 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5787 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5788 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5789 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5791 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5792 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5793 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5794 dcl-imenu-label-call
5795 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5797 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5798 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5799 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5800 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5803 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5805 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5806 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5807 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5809 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5810 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5814 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5815 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5816 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5817 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5818 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5819 \"lined up with the command line\"
5821 Data lines are not indented at all.
5822 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5827 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5828 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22230 48822
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5838 (setq debugger 'debug)
5840 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5841 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5842 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5845 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5846 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5847 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5849 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5852 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5854 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5856 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5857 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5858 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5859 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5860 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5861 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5863 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5864 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5866 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5868 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5869 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5870 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5871 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5872 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5874 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22230 48822
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5882 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5883 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5887 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5888 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5889 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5890 Upper-case letters are commands.
5892 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5895 The most useful commands are:
5896 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5897 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5898 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5899 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5900 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5901 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22230 48822 677220
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5910 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5912 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5913 Customization of `columns' group.
5917 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5918 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5920 START and END delimits the text region.
5922 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5925 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5927 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22230 48822 677220 0))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5936 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5938 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5939 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5940 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5943 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5945 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5947 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5948 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5950 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5951 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5953 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5954 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5955 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5956 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5958 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5959 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22266 10298
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6020 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22230 48822 678220
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6065 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6066 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6068 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6069 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6070 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6071 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6072 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6073 minibuffer window for width limit.
6075 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6076 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22230 48822 678220
6084 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6086 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6087 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6088 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6091 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6093 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6095 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6096 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6101 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6102 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6103 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6104 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6106 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6107 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6109 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6110 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6112 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6114 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6118 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6119 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6120 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6121 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6123 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6125 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6126 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6128 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6129 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6130 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6132 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6133 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6135 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6136 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6137 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6139 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6140 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6141 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6142 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6144 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6146 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6147 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6149 Handlers are called with argument list
6151 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6153 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6155 `desktop-file-version'
6156 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6157 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6158 `desktop-buffer-point'
6159 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6160 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6161 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6163 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6164 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6166 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6169 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6171 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6172 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6174 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6175 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6176 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6178 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6181 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6182 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6183 List elements must have the form
6185 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6187 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6190 Handlers are called with argument list
6192 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6194 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6196 `desktop-file-version'
6197 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6198 `desktop-buffer-name'
6199 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6200 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6201 `desktop-buffer-point'
6202 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6203 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6204 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6206 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6207 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6210 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6213 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6215 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6216 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6218 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6219 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6220 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6222 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6224 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6226 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6228 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6229 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6230 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6231 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6232 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6237 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6238 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6239 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6240 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6241 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6242 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6243 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6244 do not rewrite the file.
6246 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6247 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6248 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6249 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6250 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6253 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6254 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6255 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6256 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6257 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6258 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6259 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6260 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6261 without further confirmation.
6263 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6266 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6267 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6271 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6272 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6273 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6274 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6275 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6276 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6277 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6278 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6280 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6283 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6284 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6288 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6290 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6291 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6292 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6293 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6296 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6298 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6299 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6303 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6304 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22230 48822
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6314 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6315 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6316 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6317 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6318 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6319 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6321 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6323 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6324 Repair a broken attribution line.
6325 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6327 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6329 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6330 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6331 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6332 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6337 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22230
6344 ;;;;;; 48822 652220 0))
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6347 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6348 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6349 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6350 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6351 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6356 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6357 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6358 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6360 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6361 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6362 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6363 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6365 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6366 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6368 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6369 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6370 calendar-date-style \\='european
6371 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6373 \(diary-mail-entries)
6375 # diary-rem.el ends here
6377 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6380 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22230 48822 933218 0))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6389 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6390 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6392 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6394 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6395 The command to use to run diff.")
6397 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6399 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6400 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6401 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6402 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6403 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6404 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6406 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6407 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6408 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6410 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6412 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6413 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6414 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6415 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6416 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6417 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6419 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6422 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6426 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6427 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6428 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22230 48822
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6438 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6439 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6440 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6443 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6444 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6445 headers for you on-the-fly.
6447 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6448 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6449 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6455 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6456 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6457 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6458 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6459 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6461 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22230 48822 806219 0))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6470 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6471 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6472 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6474 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22298 5692 411287 954000))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6481 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6482 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6483 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6484 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6485 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6486 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6487 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6488 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6490 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6492 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6493 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6494 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6495 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6496 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6497 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6499 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6500 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6501 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6502 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6504 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6505 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6507 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6508 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6509 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6510 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6511 listing have no effect.
6513 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6514 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6515 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6517 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6519 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6520 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6522 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6523 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6525 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6526 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6528 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6529 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6531 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6534 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6536 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6538 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6539 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6540 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6541 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6542 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6543 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6544 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6545 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6546 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6547 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6548 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6549 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6550 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6551 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6552 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6553 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6554 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6555 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6556 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6557 to see why something went wrong.
6558 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6559 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6560 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6561 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6562 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6563 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6564 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6565 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6566 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6567 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6568 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6569 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6570 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6572 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6573 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6574 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6575 again for the directory tree.
6577 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6580 `dired-listing-switches'
6581 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6584 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6585 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6586 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6587 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6589 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6591 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6592 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6599 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6600 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22230 48822 680220
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6608 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6609 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6614 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6615 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6616 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6618 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6619 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6624 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6625 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6626 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6627 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6628 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6629 from `default-directory'.
6631 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22290 3781
6636 ;;;;;; 416180 302000))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6639 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6640 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6641 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6642 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6643 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6644 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6646 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22230 48822 680220
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6654 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6655 Return a new, empty display table.
6659 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6660 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6661 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6662 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6663 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6665 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6668 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6669 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6670 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6671 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6673 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6675 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6676 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6680 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6681 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6685 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6686 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6688 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6689 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6691 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6692 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6695 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6696 in the default way after this call.
6700 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6701 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6705 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6706 Display character C using printable string S.
6710 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6711 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6712 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6713 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6715 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6717 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6718 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6719 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6722 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6727 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6729 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6730 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6732 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6735 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6737 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6740 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6742 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6745 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6747 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6749 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6750 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6752 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6753 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6755 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6756 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6758 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6759 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6760 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6761 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6763 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6764 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6765 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22230 48822
6774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6776 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6777 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6778 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6779 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6780 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6781 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6782 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22230 48822 680220 0))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6792 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6793 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6794 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6795 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6796 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6797 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6799 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6800 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6801 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6802 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6803 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6805 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22230 48822
6811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6813 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6814 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6815 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6816 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6817 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6818 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6819 table and its own syntax table.
6821 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6824 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6826 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6827 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22266 10298 388370
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6837 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6838 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6839 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6840 OpenDocument format).
6842 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6844 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6845 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6847 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6848 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6850 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6851 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6852 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6856 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6857 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6858 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6859 to the next best mode.
6863 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6864 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6869 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6873 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22230 48822 859219
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6884 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6885 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22230 48822 681220 0))
6892 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6894 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6895 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6896 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6897 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6898 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6900 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6901 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22230 48822 860219
6909 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6910 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6912 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6913 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22261
6920 ;;;;;; 18214 495021 0))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6923 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6925 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6926 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6927 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6928 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6929 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6931 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6932 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6933 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6934 and disables it otherwise.
6936 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6937 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6938 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6939 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6941 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6942 documenting what its argument does.
6944 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6945 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6946 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6947 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6948 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6949 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6950 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6951 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6953 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6954 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6955 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6956 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6957 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6958 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6959 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6960 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6961 the minor mode is global):
6963 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6964 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6965 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6966 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6967 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6968 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6969 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6970 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6971 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6972 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6973 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6974 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6975 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6976 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6977 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6978 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6979 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6980 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6981 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6982 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6985 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6986 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6988 For example, you could write
6989 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6990 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6993 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6995 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6997 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6999 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7001 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7002 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7003 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7004 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7005 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7006 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7007 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7008 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7009 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7010 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7011 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7012 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7014 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7015 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7016 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7017 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7018 call another major mode in their body.
7020 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7021 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7022 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7024 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7026 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7028 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7030 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7031 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7032 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7033 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7034 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7036 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7038 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7039 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7040 :inherit Parent keymap.
7042 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7043 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7045 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7047 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7048 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7049 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7050 the constant's documentation.
7052 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7054 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7055 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7056 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7058 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22230
7063 ;;;;;; 48822 689220 0))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7067 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7068 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7069 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7071 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7072 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7073 as a top-level menu bar item.
7075 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7076 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7080 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7081 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7082 items to actually display.
7085 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7086 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7087 alias for `:visible'.
7090 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7091 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7092 an alias for `:active'.
7094 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7095 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7097 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7099 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7101 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7102 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7104 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7105 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7107 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7109 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7111 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7112 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7115 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7116 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7117 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7118 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7121 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7122 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7123 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7124 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7127 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7128 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7129 alias for `:active'.
7132 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7133 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7137 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7138 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7141 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7142 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7145 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7146 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7147 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7150 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7151 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7154 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7156 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7157 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7158 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7160 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7161 MENU. This is a submenu.
7163 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7165 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7167 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7170 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7172 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7173 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7174 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7175 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7177 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7179 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7180 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7181 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7182 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7183 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7184 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7186 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7187 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7188 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7190 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7191 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7192 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7194 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7195 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7197 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22230 48822
7203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7204 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Customization for ebnf group.
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7214 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7216 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7219 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7221 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7226 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7227 killed after process termination.
7229 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7236 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7237 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7240 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7241 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7242 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7243 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7245 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7249 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7251 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7256 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7258 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7261 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7263 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7268 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7269 killed after process termination.
7271 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7277 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7278 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7280 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7286 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7288 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7295 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7297 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7300 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7302 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7307 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7308 killed after EPS generation.
7310 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7317 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7318 The EPS file name has the following form:
7320 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7322 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7323 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7325 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7326 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7327 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7328 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7329 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7331 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7336 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7337 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7339 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7340 The EPS file name has the following form:
7342 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7344 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7345 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7347 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7348 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7349 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7350 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7351 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7353 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7356 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7358 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7363 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7365 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7368 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7370 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7375 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7376 killed after syntax checking.
7378 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7387 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7388 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7393 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7397 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7398 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7400 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7404 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7405 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7407 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7426 Set STYLE as the current style.
7428 Returns the old style symbol.
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7434 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7435 Reset current style.
7437 Returns the old style symbol.
7439 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7444 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7446 Returns the old style symbol.
7448 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7450 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7455 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7457 Returns the old style symbol.
7459 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7461 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22230 48822
7469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7472 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7473 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7474 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7475 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7476 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7478 Tree mode key bindings:
7479 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7484 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7489 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7494 View declaration of member at point.
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7499 Find declaration of member at point.
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7504 View definition of member at point.
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7509 Find definition of member at point.
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7514 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7519 View definition of member at point in other window.
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7524 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7529 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7534 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7539 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7544 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7545 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7546 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7549 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7552 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7553 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7554 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7556 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7559 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7560 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7561 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7563 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7566 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7567 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7572 Search for call sites of a member.
7573 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7574 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7575 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7576 looks like a function call to the member.
7578 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7580 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7581 Move backward in the position stack.
7582 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7587 Move forward in the position stack.
7588 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7592 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7593 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7598 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7602 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7603 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7604 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7605 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7607 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7609 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7610 Display statistics for a class tree.
7616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22230 48822 681220
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7620 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7621 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7622 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7623 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7624 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7625 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7626 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7628 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7630 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7631 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7632 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7633 also has this effect.
7634 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7635 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7636 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7637 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7638 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7639 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7640 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7641 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7642 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7643 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22230 48822 681220
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7653 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7654 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7655 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7657 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22290 3771
7662 ;;;;;; 183246 437000))
7663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7665 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22230 48822 656220 0))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7674 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7676 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7677 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7678 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7681 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7683 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7685 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7686 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7689 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7691 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7692 an EDE controlled project.
7694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22230 48822
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7702 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7703 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7704 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7705 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7706 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7708 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7709 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7710 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7711 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7713 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7715 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7716 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7717 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7718 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7720 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7722 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7723 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7724 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7725 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7727 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7729 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7731 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7732 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7733 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7734 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7735 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7737 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7738 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7739 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7740 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7741 instrumented for Edebug.
7743 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7744 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7745 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7746 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7751 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7752 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7756 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7757 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22290 3771 334245 461000))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7765 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7770 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7779 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7782 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7783 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7784 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7788 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7791 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7795 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7798 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7800 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7805 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7807 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7811 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7812 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7814 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7816 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7818 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7819 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7820 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7821 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7825 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7828 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7829 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7830 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7832 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7834 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7838 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7839 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7841 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7843 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7846 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7847 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7848 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7849 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7850 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7855 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7856 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7857 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7859 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7861 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7865 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7866 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7868 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7870 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7872 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7875 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7876 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7878 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7879 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7881 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7883 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7884 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7885 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7887 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7888 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7890 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7893 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7894 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7895 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7896 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7898 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7901 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7902 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7903 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7904 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7905 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7907 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7909 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7912 Merge two files without ancestor.
7914 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7916 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7917 Merge two files with ancestor.
7919 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7921 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7923 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7924 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7926 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7929 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7931 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7934 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7935 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7938 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7940 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7941 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7942 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7945 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7948 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7949 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7950 and don't ask the user.
7951 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7952 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7954 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7957 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7958 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7959 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7960 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7961 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7962 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7963 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7965 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7969 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7971 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7972 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7973 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7974 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7975 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7977 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7979 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7981 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7982 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7983 When called interactively, displays the version.
7987 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7988 Display Ediff's manual.
7989 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7991 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7998 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8003 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8008 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8013 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8018 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8023 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8028 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22230 48822
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8039 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22230 48822
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8050 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8051 Display Ediff's registry.
8055 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22290 3771
8060 ;;;;;; 334245 461000))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8063 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8064 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8065 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8070 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8071 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8072 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8073 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22230 48822 682220
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8082 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8084 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro.
8086 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8087 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8088 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8090 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8092 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8094 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8095 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8097 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8099 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8100 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8102 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8105 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8106 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8107 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8108 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8109 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8111 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8112 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8113 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8114 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8116 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8120 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8121 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8122 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8123 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8125 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22261 18214 497021
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8133 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8135 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8136 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8138 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8140 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8141 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22230 48822 682220 0))
8148 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8150 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8151 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8152 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8153 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8154 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8155 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8156 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8158 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8159 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8161 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8162 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8163 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8164 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8166 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8167 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8168 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8170 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8171 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8172 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8174 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8176 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8179 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22290 3771 161246
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8186 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22290
8191 ;;;;;; 3771 160246 586000))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8193 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8195 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8196 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8197 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8198 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8199 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8200 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8201 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8203 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22230 48822 682220
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8211 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8212 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8214 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8215 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8216 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8218 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8220 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8221 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8222 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8225 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8227 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8229 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8230 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8235 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8236 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8237 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8238 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8243 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22230 48822 682220
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8253 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8254 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8256 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8257 an elided material again.
8259 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22230 48822
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8269 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8274 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8275 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8276 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8278 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8281 Lint the current buffer.
8282 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8286 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8287 Lint the function at point.
8288 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8292 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8294 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8295 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8297 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22230 48822 691220
8303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8305 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8306 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8307 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8309 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8312 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8313 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8314 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8316 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8318 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8319 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8320 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8322 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8324 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8327 Display current profiling results.
8328 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8329 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22230 48822 698219
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8340 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8341 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8342 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8343 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8344 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8345 ARG is omitted or nil.
8347 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8348 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8349 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8352 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8354 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8355 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8356 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8358 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22230 48822
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8368 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8369 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8370 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8372 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8374 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22230 48822 936218
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8382 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8383 Run Emerge on two files.
8385 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8388 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8390 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8392 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8393 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8395 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8400 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8407 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8412 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8415 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8420 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8422 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8423 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8425 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8428 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8430 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8435 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22230 48822
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8443 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8444 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8445 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8446 text/enriched format.
8448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8449 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8450 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8452 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8454 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8455 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8459 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8466 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8471 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22290 3771 165246 553000))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8478 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8479 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8481 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8484 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8486 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8489 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8490 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8491 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8492 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8493 the keys are listed.
8494 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8496 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8499 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8500 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8502 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8504 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8509 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8510 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8512 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8515 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8517 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8520 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8522 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8523 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8524 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8525 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8527 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8528 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8529 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8530 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8531 should consider using the string based counterpart
8532 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8533 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8537 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8538 (decode-coding-string
8539 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8542 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8545 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8547 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8548 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8552 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify the current region between START and END.
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8559 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8560 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8561 should consider using the string based counterpart
8562 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8568 (decode-coding-string
8569 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8578 between START and END.
8580 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8583 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8585 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8587 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8588 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8590 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8592 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8593 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8594 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8595 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8599 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8602 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8604 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8606 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8608 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8609 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8611 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8612 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8613 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8614 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8615 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8616 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8620 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8623 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8626 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8628 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8630 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8631 Delete selected KEYS.
8633 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8635 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8636 Import keys from FILE.
8640 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8641 Import keys from the region.
8643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8646 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8647 between START and END.
8649 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8652 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8654 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8657 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22230 48822 702219
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8667 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8668 Decrypt marked files.
8672 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8673 Verify marked files.
8677 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Encrypt marked files.
8689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22230 48822 702219
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8693 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8696 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8703 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22230 48822 702219
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8714 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8715 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8717 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8718 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8722 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8723 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8724 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8728 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8731 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8732 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8739 Sign the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8744 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8747 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8748 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8749 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8750 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8751 and also whether and how to sign.
8753 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8754 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8755 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8757 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8759 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8762 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8763 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8767 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8769 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8770 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8771 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8774 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8776 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8778 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8779 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8781 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8782 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22261 18214 497021 0))
8789 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8790 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8792 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8793 Return a context object.
8795 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22261 18214 497021
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8803 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8804 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8805 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8806 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8808 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8809 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8810 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8811 entry until the version requirement is met.
8813 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8816 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8820 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8822 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8823 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8825 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8828 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8830 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22290 3771 173246 502000))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8836 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8838 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8839 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8843 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8844 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8845 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8847 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8849 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8850 (server (erc-compute-server))
8851 (port (erc-compute-port))
8852 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8854 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8856 That is, if called with
8858 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8860 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8861 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8862 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8864 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8866 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8868 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8869 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8870 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8872 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8874 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8875 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8876 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8877 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8879 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22230
8884 ;;;;;; 48822 705219 0))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22290 3771
8891 ;;;;;; 167246 540000))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22290 3771
8898 ;;;;;; 167246 540000))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22290 3771
8905 ;;;;;; 169246 527000))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22290 3771 169246
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8914 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8916 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8917 Parser for /dcc command.
8918 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8919 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8920 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8922 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8924 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8925 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8929 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8930 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8932 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8934 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8937 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8942 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 706219 0))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8944 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22230
8949 ;;;;;; 48822 706219 0))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8953 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8955 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8958 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8959 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8960 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8962 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8964 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8967 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8969 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8972 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8977 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8982 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8985 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8987 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8990 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8992 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8995 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8997 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9000 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9004 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9005 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22230 48822 706219
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9016 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9017 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9018 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22230 48822
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9029 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9030 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9031 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9032 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9033 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9034 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9037 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9039 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9042 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22230 48822
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22230 48822 706219
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22230 48822 706219
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22230 48822 707219
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9074 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9076 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9077 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9078 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9079 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9080 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9081 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9083 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9085 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9086 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9087 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9088 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9090 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9091 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9094 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9095 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9097 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22290 3771
9102 ;;;;;; 170246 521000))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9106 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9107 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9111 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9112 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9116 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9117 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9121 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9122 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9126 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9127 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9131 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9132 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9136 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9137 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9141 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9142 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22230 48822 707219
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22230
9156 ;;;;;; 48822 707219 0))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9160 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22230
9168 ;;;;;; 48822 707219 0))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9172 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9173 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9174 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9178 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9179 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22230 48822
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9190 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9191 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9192 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9193 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9197 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22230 48822 707219
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22230
9212 ;;;;;; 48822 707219 0))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22230 48822
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22230 48822 707219
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22230
9233 ;;;;;; 48822 708219 0))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9237 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9238 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9242 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9243 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9244 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9246 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22230 48822
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22230
9258 ;;;;;; 48822 708219 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9262 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9263 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22230
9270 ;;;;;; 48822 708219 0))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22290 3771
9277 ;;;;;; 170246 521000))
9278 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9279 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22290 3771
9284 ;;;;;; 170246 521000))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9288 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9289 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9291 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9293 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9294 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9299 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9300 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9301 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9302 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9305 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22230
9310 ;;;;;; 48822 708219 0))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9312 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9314 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9315 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9316 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9317 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9319 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9321 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9322 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9323 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22230 48822 708219
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9332 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9334 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9335 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22230 48822 692220
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9345 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9346 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9348 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9349 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9351 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9352 useful for assertions in BODY.
9354 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9356 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9357 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9358 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9360 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9362 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9364 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9366 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9368 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9370 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9371 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9373 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9374 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9375 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9376 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9378 Returns the stats object.
9380 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9382 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9383 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9385 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9386 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9387 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9390 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9393 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9395 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9396 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9397 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9398 and how to display message.
9400 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9402 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9404 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9405 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9407 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22290 3771 161246
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9415 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9417 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9418 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22290 3771
9425 ;;;;;; 174246 495000))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9428 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9429 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22290 3771 174246
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9438 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9440 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9441 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9442 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9443 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9444 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9445 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9446 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9447 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9448 buffer selected (or created).
9450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9452 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9453 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9454 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9456 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9458 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9459 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9460 The result might be any Lisp object.
9461 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9462 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9463 corresponding to a successful execution.
9465 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9467 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22230 48822 878219
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9475 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9476 File name of tags table.
9477 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9480 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9481 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9483 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9484 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9485 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9486 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9488 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9490 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9491 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9492 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9493 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9494 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9495 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9499 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9500 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9501 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9503 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9505 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9506 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9507 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9508 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9509 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9511 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9513 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9514 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9515 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9516 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9518 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9520 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9521 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9522 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9523 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9524 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9526 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9528 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9529 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9533 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9534 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9535 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9536 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9538 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9539 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9540 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9541 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9542 file the tag was in.
9544 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9546 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9547 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9548 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9549 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9550 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9551 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9552 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9553 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9554 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9556 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9559 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9560 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9561 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9562 without directory names.
9566 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9570 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9571 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9574 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9579 but does not select the buffer.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9598 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9599 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9600 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9601 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9607 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9619 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9621 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9622 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9623 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9624 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9625 around or before point.
9627 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9628 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9629 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9630 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9631 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9636 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9637 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9643 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9648 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9649 around or before point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9655 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9667 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9669 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9670 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9671 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9676 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9677 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9679 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9687 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9689 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9691 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9693 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9694 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9696 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9697 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9698 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9700 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9701 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9703 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9704 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9706 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9709 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9710 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9711 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9713 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9714 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9715 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9716 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9717 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9719 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9722 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9723 Stops when a match is found.
9724 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9726 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9727 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9728 restricted to these files.
9730 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9732 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9735 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9736 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9737 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9738 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9739 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9740 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9741 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9743 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9744 produce the list of files to search.
9746 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9748 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9751 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9752 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9753 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9754 directory specification.
9756 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9758 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9759 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9761 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9763 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9765 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9766 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9767 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9768 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9772 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9773 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9774 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9775 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9776 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9780 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22230
9788 ;;;;;; 48822 770219 0))
9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9791 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9796 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9797 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9800 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9802 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9803 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9806 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9807 even if the buffer is read-only.
9809 See also the descriptions of the variables
9810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9812 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9815 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9817 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9818 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9821 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9824 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9825 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9827 See also the descriptions of the variables
9828 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9830 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9834 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9835 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9837 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9841 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9842 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9844 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9845 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9848 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9849 buffer is read-only.
9851 See also the descriptions of the variables
9852 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9853 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9855 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9858 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9860 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9861 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9863 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9864 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9865 the primary language.
9867 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9868 buffer is read-only.
9870 See also the descriptions of the variables
9871 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9872 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9874 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9876 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9877 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9878 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9880 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9883 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9887 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9888 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9890 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9891 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9894 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9895 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9896 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9898 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9900 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9903 This function is deprecated.
9907 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9908 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9912 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9913 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9917 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9918 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9920 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9921 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9923 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9924 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9928 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9933 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9934 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9938 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9939 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9943 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9944 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9945 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9949 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9952 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22230 48822 807219 0))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9959 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9960 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9961 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9962 server for future sessions.
9964 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9966 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9967 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9968 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9970 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9973 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9974 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9976 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9978 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9979 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9980 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9981 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9982 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9983 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9984 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9985 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9986 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9987 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9988 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9989 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9991 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9993 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9994 Display a form to query the directory server.
9995 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9996 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9998 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10000 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10001 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10002 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10006 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22230 48822 806219
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10014 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10015 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10017 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10019 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10020 Display URL and make it clickable.
10022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10024 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10027 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10029 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10032 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10037 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10039 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10042 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22230 48822
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10050 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10051 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10052 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10056 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10057 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22230
10064 ;;;;;; 48822 806219 0))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10067 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10068 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22230 48822 692220
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10078 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10079 Create an empty ewoc.
10081 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10083 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10084 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10085 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10086 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10087 `insert-before-markers'.
10089 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10090 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10091 respectively, of the ewoc.
10093 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10094 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10095 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10097 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22290 3771 251245 997000))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10104 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10105 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10106 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10107 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10108 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10110 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10112 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10113 Fetch URL and render the page.
10114 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10115 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10118 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10120 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10121 Render FILE using EWW.
10125 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10126 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10127 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10129 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10131 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10132 Mode for browsing the web.
10136 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10139 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10141 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10142 Display the bookmarks.
10148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22230
10149 ;;;;;; 48822 879219 0))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10152 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10153 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10154 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10156 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10159 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10160 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10161 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10162 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10164 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10166 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10167 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10168 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10169 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10170 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10173 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10176 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10177 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22230 48822 713219 0))
10185 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10187 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10188 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10189 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10190 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10192 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10194 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10195 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10196 to generate such functions.
10198 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10199 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10200 beginning of the expanded text.
10202 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10203 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10204 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10205 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10207 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10209 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10211 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10212 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10213 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10217 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10218 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10219 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10223 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10224 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10225 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10228 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10229 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22266 10298 456370
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10237 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10238 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10239 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10241 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10242 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10243 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10245 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10250 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10253 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10255 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10257 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10258 `f90-program-indent'
10259 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10261 `f90-associate-indent'
10262 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10263 `f90-critical-indent'
10264 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10265 `f90-continuation-indent'
10266 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10267 `f90-comment-region'
10268 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10269 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10270 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10271 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10273 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10274 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10275 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10276 `f90-break-delimiters'
10277 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10278 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10279 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10280 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10282 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10283 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10285 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10286 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10287 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10288 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10289 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10290 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10291 `f90-leave-line-no'
10292 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10294 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10295 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22290 3781 417180
10303 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10305 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10306 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10307 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10308 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10310 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10311 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10312 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10313 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10314 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10316 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10317 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10318 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10319 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10320 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10321 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10324 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10325 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10327 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10329 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10330 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10331 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10332 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10334 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10336 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10337 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10338 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10339 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10341 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10342 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10343 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10345 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10346 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10347 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10348 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10350 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10352 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10353 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10354 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10356 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10357 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10358 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10361 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10364 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10365 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10367 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10368 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10369 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10370 will remove any scaling currently active.
10374 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10375 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10376 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10380 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10381 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10382 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10384 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10385 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10387 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10389 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10390 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10392 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10393 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10394 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10396 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10397 the face height as long as the input event read
10398 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10400 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10401 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10402 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10403 will remove any scaling currently active.
10405 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10406 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10407 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10408 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10409 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10414 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10417 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10418 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10423 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10424 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10425 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10426 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10427 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10428 `buffer-face-mode'.
10430 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10431 local, and sets it to FACE.
10433 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10436 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10437 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10438 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10439 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10440 `face' text property.
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10444 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10445 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22230 48822
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10464 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22290 3781 417180 295000))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10519 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10520 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10521 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10522 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10523 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10524 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10525 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10527 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10529 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10530 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10531 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10532 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10533 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10534 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10535 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10537 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10539 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10541 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10542 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10543 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10544 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10545 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10546 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10548 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10551 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10552 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10555 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10560 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10561 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10562 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10567 Try to get a file name at point.
10568 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10572 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10573 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22230 48822 714219
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10584 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10585 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10586 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10588 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10590 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10591 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10592 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10593 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10594 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10595 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10597 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10600 Add FILE to the file cache.
10604 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10605 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10606 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10608 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10611 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10612 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10614 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10617 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10618 This function does not use any external programs.
10619 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10620 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10621 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10623 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10625 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10626 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10627 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10628 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10629 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10630 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10631 \(directories) is done.
10637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22266 10298 401370
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10641 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10642 Handle file system monitoring event.
10643 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10645 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10647 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10649 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22290 3771 176246 482000))
10654 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10656 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10657 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10659 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10660 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10661 Local Variables list.
10663 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10664 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10665 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10667 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10669 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10670 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10672 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10674 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10675 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10677 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10678 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10681 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10682 then this function adds it.
10684 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10686 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10687 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10689 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10691 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10692 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10694 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10696 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10697 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10699 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10701 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10702 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10706 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10707 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10711 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10712 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22230 48822 717219
10720 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10722 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10723 Filesets initialization.
10724 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22230 48822 717219
10732 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10733 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10735 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10736 Initiate the building of a find command.
10739 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10740 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10742 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10744 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10745 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10747 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22290 3771 179246
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10755 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10756 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10757 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10759 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10761 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10762 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10764 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10766 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10767 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10768 and run Dired on those files.
10769 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10770 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10772 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10774 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10776 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10778 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10779 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10780 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10782 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10783 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10785 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10786 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10788 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22290 3771 179246
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10796 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10797 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10798 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10799 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10800 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10801 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10802 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10804 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10806 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10807 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10808 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10810 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10812 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10814 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10816 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10817 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10818 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10820 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10821 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10823 Variables of interest include:
10825 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10826 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10827 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10829 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10830 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10831 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10833 - `ff-ignore-include'
10834 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10836 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10837 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10840 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10842 - `ff-special-constructs'
10843 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10844 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10845 extracting the filename from that construct.
10847 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10848 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10850 - `ff-search-directories'
10851 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10852 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10854 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10855 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10857 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10858 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10860 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10861 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10863 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10864 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10866 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10867 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10869 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10871 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10872 Visit the file you click on.
10874 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10876 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10877 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10879 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22230
10884 ;;;;;; 48822 692220 0))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10887 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10888 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10889 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10891 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10893 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10894 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10895 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10896 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10898 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10899 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10900 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10901 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10903 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10905 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10906 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10908 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10909 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10910 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10911 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10913 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10914 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10915 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10917 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10918 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10921 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10923 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10924 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10926 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10927 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10928 places point before the definition.
10929 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10931 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10932 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10933 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10935 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10937 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10938 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10940 See `find-function' for more details.
10942 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10944 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10945 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10947 See `find-function' for more details.
10949 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10952 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10954 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10955 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10956 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10958 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10959 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10961 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10964 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10966 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10967 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10968 places point before the definition.
10970 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10972 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10973 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10974 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10976 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10978 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10979 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10981 See `find-variable' for more details.
10983 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10985 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10986 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10988 See `find-variable' for more details.
10990 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10992 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10993 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10994 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10995 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10996 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10997 buffer nor display it.
10999 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11000 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11002 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11004 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11005 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11007 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11008 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11009 places point before the definition.
11011 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11013 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11014 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11015 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11019 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11020 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11021 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11025 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11026 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11027 See `find-function-on-key'.
11031 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11032 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11033 See `find-function-on-key'.
11037 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11038 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11042 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11043 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11047 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11048 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22230 48822 717219
11056 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11058 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11059 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11061 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11063 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11064 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11068 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11069 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22230 48822 717219 0))
11076 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11077 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11079 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11080 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11084 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11085 Display FILE's commentary section.
11086 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11090 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11091 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22230 48822 717219
11099 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11101 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11102 Toggle flow control handling.
11103 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11104 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11106 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11108 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11109 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11110 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11111 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11112 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11113 to get the effect of a C-q.
11115 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22290 3771
11120 ;;;;;; 183246 437000))
11121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11123 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11126 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11128 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11131 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22230 48822
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11138 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11140 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11141 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11145 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11149 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11150 Turn flymake mode on.
11154 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11155 Turn flymake mode off.
11159 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22290 3771
11167 ;;;;;; 322245 539000))
11168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11170 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11171 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11174 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11176 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11177 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11182 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11183 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11184 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11187 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11188 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11189 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11190 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11193 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11196 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11197 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11198 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11200 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11202 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11205 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11206 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11210 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11211 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11215 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11216 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11220 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11221 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11225 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11226 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11228 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11230 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11231 Flyspell whole buffer.
11237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22230 48822 717219
11239 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11240 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22230 48822 718219 0))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11247 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11248 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11252 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11253 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11257 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11258 Toggle Follow mode.
11259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11261 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11263 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11264 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11266 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11267 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11268 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11270 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11271 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11272 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11275 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11276 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11277 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11278 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11279 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11282 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11283 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11285 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11287 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11289 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11290 \\{follow-mode-map}
11292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11295 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11297 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11298 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11300 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11301 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11303 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11307 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11308 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11310 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11311 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11313 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11314 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11316 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11321 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11323 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11324 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11325 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11326 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11327 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11328 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11330 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11331 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11332 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22230 48822
11340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11341 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11343 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11344 Toggle Footnote mode.
11345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11349 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11350 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11351 play around with the following keys:
11352 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22266 10298 403370 0))
11359 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11361 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11362 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11364 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11365 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11366 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11367 C-c < forms-first-record <
11368 C-c > forms-last-record >
11369 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11370 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11371 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11372 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11373 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11374 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11375 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11376 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11377 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11378 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11380 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11382 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11383 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11387 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11388 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22230 48822
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11398 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11399 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11400 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11402 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11403 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11405 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11408 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11410 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11412 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11413 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11414 `fortran-do-indent'
11415 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11416 `fortran-if-indent'
11417 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11418 `fortran-structure-indent'
11419 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11421 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11422 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11423 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11424 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11425 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11426 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11427 nil don't change the indentation
11428 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11430 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11431 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11432 depending on the continuation format in use.
11433 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11434 indentation for a line of code.
11436 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11437 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11438 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11439 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11440 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11441 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11442 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11443 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11444 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11445 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11447 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11448 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11449 statements (default nil).
11450 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11451 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11452 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11453 `fortran-continuation-string'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11455 line (default \"$\").
11456 `fortran-comment-region'
11457 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11458 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11459 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11460 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11461 as typed (default t).
11462 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11463 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11465 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22290 3771 283245
11474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11476 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11477 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11479 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11480 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11482 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11484 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11485 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11487 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11488 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11490 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11492 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11493 Compile fortune file.
11495 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11496 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11498 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11501 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11503 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11504 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11505 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11506 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11508 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11510 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11511 Display a fortune cookie.
11512 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11513 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11514 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11515 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11517 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22230 48822 720219
11523 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11525 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11526 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11527 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11529 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11530 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11531 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11533 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11534 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11536 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11537 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11539 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11540 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11541 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11542 intend to modify existing values, do
11544 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11546 before changing anything.
11548 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11549 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11551 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11552 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11553 to restore the frame.
11555 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11556 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11557 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11559 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11560 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11561 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11562 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11563 FILTER A filter function.
11565 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11566 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11568 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11572 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11573 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11574 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11575 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11576 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11577 before restoring it.
11578 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11580 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11582 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11583 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11584 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11586 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11587 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11589 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11590 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11591 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11592 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11593 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11594 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11595 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11597 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11599 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11600 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11602 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11604 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11605 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11606 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11607 If nil, check all live frames.
11609 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11611 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11612 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11613 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11614 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11615 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11616 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11617 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11618 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11619 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11620 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11621 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11623 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11625 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11626 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11628 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11629 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11630 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11631 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11632 and window-state is not restored.
11634 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11635 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11637 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11638 t All existing frames can be reused.
11639 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11640 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11641 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11642 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11644 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11645 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11646 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11647 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11648 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11649 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11650 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11651 be created from that parameter alist.
11653 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11654 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11655 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11656 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11657 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11658 - the live frame just restored,
11659 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11660 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11661 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11663 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11664 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11665 nil Keep all frames.
11666 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11667 - FRAME, a live frame.
11668 - ACTION, which can be one of
11669 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11670 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11671 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11672 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11673 Return value is ignored.
11675 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11676 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11677 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11678 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11679 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11681 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11683 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11685 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11686 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11687 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11689 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11691 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11692 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11693 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11695 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11697 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11698 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11699 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11700 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11702 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11704 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22230 48822
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11711 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22230 48822
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11719 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11720 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11721 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11723 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11725 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11726 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11727 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11728 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11729 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11730 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11731 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11735 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11736 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11737 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11738 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11740 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11741 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11742 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11743 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11744 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11746 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11747 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11748 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11749 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11751 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11752 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11753 shown in some of the buffers.
11755 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11757 The following commands help control operation :
11759 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11760 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11762 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11763 detailed description of this mode.
11766 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11768 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11769 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11773 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11774 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11775 | | (comint-mode) |
11782 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11783 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11784 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11785 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11786 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11787 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11789 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22230 48822
11795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11797 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11798 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11799 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11800 instead (which see).")
11802 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11803 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11805 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11806 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11807 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11808 documentation string instead.
11810 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11811 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11812 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11813 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11814 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11815 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11816 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11817 enders are actually possible.
11819 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11820 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11822 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11823 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11824 `font-lock-keywords'.
11826 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11827 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11828 runs the macro expansion.
11830 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11831 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11832 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11834 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11836 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11838 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11840 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11842 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11843 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11845 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11848 Enter generic mode MODE.
11850 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11851 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11852 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11854 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11855 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11859 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11860 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11861 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11862 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11863 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11864 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11865 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11866 `font-lock-keywords'.
11868 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11870 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22230 48822
11876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11878 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11879 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11881 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11882 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11883 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22290 3781
11890 ;;;;;; 418180 289000))
11891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11893 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11894 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11895 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11897 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11899 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11900 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11902 Guideline for numbers:
11904 3 - non-serious error messages
11905 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11906 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11907 9 - messages inside loops.
11909 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11911 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11912 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11913 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11915 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11917 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11918 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11920 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11922 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11923 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11925 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11926 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11927 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11928 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11929 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11930 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11932 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11933 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11934 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11935 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11936 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11938 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11940 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22290 3771 204246 301000))
11945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11946 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11947 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11948 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11950 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11951 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11955 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11957 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11958 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11959 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11960 name of an NNTP server to use.
11961 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11964 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11966 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11967 Read news as a slave.
11969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11971 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11972 Pop up a frame to read news.
11973 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11974 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11975 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11976 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11977 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11978 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11979 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11980 current display is used.
11982 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11984 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11986 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11987 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11988 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11990 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22290 3771
11995 ;;;;;; 185246 424000))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11998 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11999 Start Gnus unplugged.
12003 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Start Gnus plugged.
12008 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12009 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12014 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12016 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12017 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12018 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12020 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12021 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12022 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12026 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12027 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12031 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12032 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12033 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12034 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12035 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12038 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12040 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12041 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12042 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12043 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12044 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12047 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12049 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12050 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12054 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12055 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12056 downloaded into the agent.
12058 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12060 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12061 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12062 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12063 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12065 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12067 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12068 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12072 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12073 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12077 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12078 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12079 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12081 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22290 3781 419180
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12089 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12090 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22290
12097 ;;;;;; 3771 188246 405000))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12100 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12101 Set a bookmark for this article.
12105 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12106 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12108 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12110 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12111 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12112 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12113 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12114 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22290 3771
12121 ;;;;;; 188246 405000))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12124 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12125 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12128 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12132 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12133 Generate the cache active file.
12135 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12137 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12138 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12142 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12143 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12144 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12145 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12146 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12149 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12151 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12152 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12153 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12154 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12155 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12158 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22290 3771
12163 ;;;;;; 189246 398000))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12166 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12167 Delay this article by some time.
12168 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12170 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12171 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12173 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12174 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12176 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12177 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12179 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12181 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12182 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12186 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12187 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12188 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12189 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12191 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12192 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12194 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22290 3771
12199 ;;;;;; 189246 398000))
12200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12202 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12205 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12207 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12210 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22290 3771
12215 ;;;;;; 189246 398000))
12216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12218 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12219 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22290 3771
12226 ;;;;;; 189246 398000))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12229 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12230 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22290 3771 189246
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12240 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12241 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12243 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12245 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12247 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12248 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12250 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12254 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12255 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12259 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12260 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12262 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12263 different input formats.
12267 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12268 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12270 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12271 different input formats.
12275 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12276 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12277 The PNG is returned as a string.
12279 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12281 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12282 Convert FILE to a Face.
12283 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12288 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12289 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12291 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12295 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12296 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22290
12303 ;;;;;; 3771 190246 392000))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12306 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12307 Display gravatar in the From header.
12308 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12312 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12313 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12314 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12316 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22290 3771
12321 ;;;;;; 192246 379000))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12324 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12325 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12326 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12327 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12329 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12331 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12332 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12334 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22290 3771
12339 ;;;;;; 192246 379000))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12342 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12345 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12347 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12350 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22230 48822
12356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12358 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12361 Run batched scoring.
12362 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22290 3771 193246
12370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12372 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12377 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12378 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12379 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12381 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12383 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12384 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12386 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22230 48822
12394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12396 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12397 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12398 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12399 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12402 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12403 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12404 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12405 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12407 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12408 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12409 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12410 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12411 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12412 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12413 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12414 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12415 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12416 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12418 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12420 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12421 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12422 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12425 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12426 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12428 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12430 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12431 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12432 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12434 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12438 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12439 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12440 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12442 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12444 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12445 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12446 existing groups are considered.
12448 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12449 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12452 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12453 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12454 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12455 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12456 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12457 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12458 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12459 clauses will be generated.
12461 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12462 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12463 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12464 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12465 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12466 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12468 For example, given the following group parameters:
12471 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12472 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12474 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12475 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12476 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12477 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12479 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12481 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12483 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12485 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12486 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12489 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22290 3771 193246
12495 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12497 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12498 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12499 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12500 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12501 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12504 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12506 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12509 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12511 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12512 Like `message-reply'.
12514 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12516 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12521 ;;;;;; (22290 3771 193246 372000))
12522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12524 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12525 Send a notification on new message.
12526 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12527 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12528 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12530 This is typically a function to add in
12531 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22290 3771
12538 ;;;;;; 193246 372000))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12541 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12542 Display picons in the From header.
12543 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12547 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12548 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12549 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12553 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12554 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12555 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22230 48822
12563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12565 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12566 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12567 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12568 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12570 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12572 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12573 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12574 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12577 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12579 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12580 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12581 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12583 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12585 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12588 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12590 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12591 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12592 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12594 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12596 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12597 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12598 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12600 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12602 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12604 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12605 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12606 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12608 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12610 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12611 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12612 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12614 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12616 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12617 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12618 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12620 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12622 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12623 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12625 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22290
12630 ;;;;;; 3771 194246 366000))
12631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12633 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12634 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12638 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12639 Install the registry hooks.
12645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22230 48822
12647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12649 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12650 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12651 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12652 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12653 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12654 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12658 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12659 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12660 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12661 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12662 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12666 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22290 3771
12674 ;;;;;; 194246 366000))
12675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12677 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12678 Update the format specification near point.
12684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22290 3771
12685 ;;;;;; 197246 347000))
12686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12688 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12689 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12691 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22290 3771 200246
12697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12699 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12700 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12701 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22290 3771
12708 ;;;;;; 201246 321000))
12709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12711 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12712 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12716 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12717 Install the sync hooks.
12723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22290 3771 204246
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12727 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12728 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12730 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22290 3771 251245
12736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12738 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12739 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12740 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12741 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12742 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12743 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12745 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12747 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22230 48822 860219
12753 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12755 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12756 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12758 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12759 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12760 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12762 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12763 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12764 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12766 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12767 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12769 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12770 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12772 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12774 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22230 48822
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12782 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12784 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12785 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12786 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12787 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12788 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12790 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12792 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12793 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12794 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12796 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12797 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12799 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12800 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12803 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12805 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12806 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12807 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12808 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12809 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12813 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12814 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22290 3771 204246
12822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12824 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12825 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12826 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12828 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12830 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12831 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12833 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22298 5692 411287
12839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12841 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12842 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12844 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12846 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12847 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12848 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12849 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12850 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12852 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12853 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12854 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12856 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12858 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12859 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12860 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12861 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12862 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12864 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12866 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12867 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12869 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12871 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12872 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12874 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12875 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12876 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12878 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12879 The default find program.
12880 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12883 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12884 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12885 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12886 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12888 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12889 How to invoke find and grep.
12890 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12891 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12892 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12893 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12895 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12897 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12898 History list for grep.")
12900 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12901 History list for grep-find.")
12903 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12904 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12905 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12909 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12914 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12915 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12919 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12920 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12921 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12922 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12923 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12925 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12928 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12929 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12931 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12932 can easily repeat a grep command.
12934 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12935 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12936 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12939 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12941 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12942 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12943 Collect output in a buffer.
12944 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12945 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12947 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12948 easily repeat a find command.
12950 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12952 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12954 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12955 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12956 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12957 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12958 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12960 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12961 before it is executed.
12962 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12964 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12965 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12966 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12968 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12970 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12972 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12973 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12974 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12975 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12976 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12978 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12979 before it is executed.
12980 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12982 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12983 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12984 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12985 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12987 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12989 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12990 to specify a command to run.
12992 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12994 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12995 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12996 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12997 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12999 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13001 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22230 48822 755219 0))
13006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13008 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13009 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13010 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13011 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13012 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13014 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22290 3771 297245
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13022 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13023 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13024 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13025 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13027 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13029 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13030 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13031 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13032 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13034 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13036 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13037 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13041 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13043 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13044 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13045 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13046 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13048 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13049 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13051 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13053 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13054 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13055 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13056 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13058 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13060 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13061 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13062 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13063 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13065 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13068 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13069 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13070 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13072 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13074 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13075 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13076 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13077 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13078 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13080 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13081 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13082 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13083 original source file access method.
13085 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13086 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13088 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13090 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13091 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13095 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13096 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13097 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13098 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13099 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13100 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13102 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13104 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13105 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13107 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13108 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22230 48822 693220
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13118 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13119 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13120 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13121 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13122 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13123 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13124 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13126 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13128 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13130 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13131 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13132 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13134 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13135 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13136 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13138 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13139 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13141 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13143 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13145 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13146 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13147 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13148 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13149 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13151 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13153 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13155 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13158 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13160 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13162 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13164 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13165 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13166 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13167 well for simple place forms.
13168 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13169 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13170 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13171 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13172 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13173 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13174 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13176 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13178 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13180 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13181 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13182 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13183 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13184 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13186 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13187 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13189 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13191 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13193 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13195 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13196 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13197 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13198 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13199 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13200 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13202 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13204 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13206 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13207 Return a reference to PLACE.
13208 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13209 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13210 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13213 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22230 48822
13219 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13221 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13222 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13223 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13224 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13226 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13227 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13228 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13229 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22230 48822 861219
13237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13239 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13240 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13242 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13244 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13245 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13246 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13247 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13249 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13253 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13254 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13255 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13256 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22230 48822
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13267 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13268 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13272 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13273 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13274 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13278 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13279 Verify a hashcash payment
13281 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13283 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13284 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13285 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13286 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13287 `mail-add-payment-async').
13289 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13292 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13293 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13294 Calculation is asynchronous.
13296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13298 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13299 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13300 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22230 48822 755219
13308 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13310 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13311 Return the help-echo string at point.
13312 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13313 property, or nil, is returned.
13314 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13315 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13316 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13318 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13320 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13321 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13322 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13323 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13324 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13328 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13329 Display local help in the echo area.
13330 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13331 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13332 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13335 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13336 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13337 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13341 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13342 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13343 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13347 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13348 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13349 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13353 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13354 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13355 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13356 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13357 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13358 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13359 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13360 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13361 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13362 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13363 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13365 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13366 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13367 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13368 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13369 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13371 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13372 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13373 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13374 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13375 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13376 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13377 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13378 The default is `never'.")
13380 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13382 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13383 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13384 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13385 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13386 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13387 considered different regions.
13389 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13390 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13391 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13392 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13393 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13394 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13395 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13396 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13397 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13399 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13401 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13402 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13403 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13404 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13407 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13408 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13409 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13410 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13411 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13412 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13413 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13414 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13416 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13417 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13418 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13419 rarely happens in practice.
13421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13423 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13424 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13425 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13426 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13427 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13428 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22290 3771 224246
13436 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13438 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13439 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13441 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13443 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13444 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13445 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13447 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13449 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13450 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13451 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13452 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13453 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13454 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13455 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13457 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13458 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13459 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13460 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13461 suitable file is found, return nil.
13463 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13465 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13468 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13470 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13471 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13472 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13473 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13475 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13477 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13478 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13479 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13480 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13481 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13482 it is displayed along with the global value.
13484 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13486 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13487 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13488 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13489 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13490 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13491 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13493 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13495 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13496 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13497 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13498 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13500 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13502 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13503 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13504 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13505 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13506 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13510 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13511 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13515 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13516 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22230 48822 755219
13524 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13526 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13527 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13528 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13529 window listing and describing the options.
13530 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13531 gives the window that lists the options.")
13533 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22261 18214 508021
13539 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13541 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13542 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13543 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13549 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13550 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13554 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13555 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13559 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13560 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13562 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13563 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13564 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13565 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13567 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13568 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13569 restore it properly when going back.
13571 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13573 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13574 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13575 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13576 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13578 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13579 it does not already exist.
13583 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13584 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13586 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13587 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13588 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13589 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13590 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13591 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13592 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13593 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13595 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13596 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13597 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13598 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13600 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13601 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13606 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13607 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13608 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13609 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13610 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13611 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13613 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13615 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13616 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13617 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13618 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13619 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13621 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13623 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13624 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13626 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13628 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13630 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13631 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13632 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13633 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13635 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22230 48822
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13643 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13644 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13648 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13649 Provide help for current mode.
13655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22230 48822 756219 0))
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13658 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13659 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13660 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13661 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13662 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13664 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13665 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13667 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13668 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13669 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13670 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13672 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13673 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13676 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13681 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13682 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13683 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13684 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13685 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13686 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13687 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13688 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13689 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13690 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13691 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13692 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13693 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13694 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13695 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13697 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13698 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13699 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13701 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13704 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13706 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13707 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13708 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13710 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13711 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13712 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13714 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13715 into the buffer at the current point.
13717 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13718 into the buffer at the current point.
13720 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13721 into the buffer at the current point.
13723 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13725 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13726 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13728 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13730 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13734 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13735 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13736 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13737 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13739 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13741 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13742 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13743 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22230 48822 756219
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13753 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13754 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13756 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13757 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13759 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13760 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13761 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13762 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13764 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13765 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13766 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13767 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13769 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13770 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13771 which can be called interactively, are:
13773 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13774 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13776 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13777 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13778 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13779 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13781 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13782 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13784 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13785 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13786 available face automatically.
13788 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13789 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13791 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13792 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13793 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13794 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13795 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13796 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13797 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13798 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13799 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13800 function returns t.
13802 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13803 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13805 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13806 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13810 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13811 position (number of characters into buffer)
13812 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13813 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13814 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13818 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13819 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13820 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13823 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13825 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13827 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13828 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13829 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13830 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13831 ARG is omitted or nil.
13833 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13834 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13835 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13839 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13841 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13842 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13843 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13844 Use the global history list for FACE.
13846 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13847 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13848 highlighting will not update as you type.
13850 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13852 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13854 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13855 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13856 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13857 Use the global history list for FACE.
13859 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13860 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13861 highlighting will not update as you type.
13863 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13865 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13867 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13868 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13869 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13870 Use the global history list for FACE.
13872 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13873 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13874 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13876 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13877 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13878 highlighting will not update as you type.
13880 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13882 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13884 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13885 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13886 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13887 unless you use a prefix argument.
13888 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13890 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13891 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13895 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13897 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13898 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13899 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13900 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13901 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13902 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13904 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13906 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13907 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13909 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13910 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13911 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22266 10298
13919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13921 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13922 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13927 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13928 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13929 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13930 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13933 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13934 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13935 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13936 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13937 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13938 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13939 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13941 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13942 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13943 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13944 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13945 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13948 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13949 #endif lines when hiding.
13951 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13952 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13955 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13956 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13957 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13959 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22290 3771
13966 ;;;;;; 297245 700000))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13969 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13970 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13971 Each element has the form
13972 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13974 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13975 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13977 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13978 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13980 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13981 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13982 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13983 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13984 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13985 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13987 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13988 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13990 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13991 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13993 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13994 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13995 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13997 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13998 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14003 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14004 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14005 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14007 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14008 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14009 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14011 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14012 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14014 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14017 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14021 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14022 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22230 48822 757219
14030 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14032 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14033 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14034 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14035 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14036 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14038 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14039 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14040 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14043 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14044 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14045 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14046 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14047 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14048 through various faces.
14049 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14050 buffer with the contents of a file
14051 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14055 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14056 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14057 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14058 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14059 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14061 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14062 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14063 in a distinctive face.
14065 The default value can be customized with variable
14066 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14068 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14072 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14073 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14074 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14076 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14078 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14079 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14083 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14084 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14088 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14089 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14091 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14092 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14093 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14094 shown in the last face in the list.
14096 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14097 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14098 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14100 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14104 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14105 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14107 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14109 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14112 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14113 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14115 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14116 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14117 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14119 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14122 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14124 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14125 this function is called interactively.
14127 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14128 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14129 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14131 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14132 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14133 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14135 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14137 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14138 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14139 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14142 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14144 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14146 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14147 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14148 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14149 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14150 ARG is omitted or nil.
14152 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14153 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14154 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22230 48822 757219
14162 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14163 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14165 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14166 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14167 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14168 or insert functions in this list.")
14170 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14172 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14173 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14174 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14175 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14176 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14178 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14179 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14180 undoes the expansion.
14184 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14185 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14186 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14187 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14189 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22230 48822 757219
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14197 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14198 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14201 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14203 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14204 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14205 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14206 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14207 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14208 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14210 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14211 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14212 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14213 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14217 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14218 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14219 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14222 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14224 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14226 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14227 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14232 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14233 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14236 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14237 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22230 48822
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14247 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14248 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14249 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14251 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14253 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14255 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14257 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14259 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14261 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14263 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14265 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14267 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14269 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14271 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14272 User defined holidays.
14273 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14275 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14277 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14279 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14281 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14283 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14285 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14287 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14288 Christian holidays.
14289 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14291 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14293 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14295 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14297 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14299 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14301 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14303 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14304 Bahá’à holidays.
14305 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14307 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14309 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14311 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14312 Sun-related holidays.
14313 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14315 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14317 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14319 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14321 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14322 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14323 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14324 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14328 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14329 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14330 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14331 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14332 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14334 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14335 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14337 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14338 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14340 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14341 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14342 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14343 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14346 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14348 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14350 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22290 3771
14355 ;;;;;; 204246 301000))
14356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14358 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14359 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22290 3771
14366 ;;;;;; 229246 140000))
14367 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14368 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14370 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14371 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14372 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14373 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14376 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14377 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14380 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14381 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14383 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14384 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14385 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14387 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14389 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14390 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14391 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14393 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14395 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22230 48822 758219
14401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14403 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14404 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14406 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14407 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14408 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14410 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14411 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14412 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14413 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14414 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14415 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14417 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14418 title of the column.
14420 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14421 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14422 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14423 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14424 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14426 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14428 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14430 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14431 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14432 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14433 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14434 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14436 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14437 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14438 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14440 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14442 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14444 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14446 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14447 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14448 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14449 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14450 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14451 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14453 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14454 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14455 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14456 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14457 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14458 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14459 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14460 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14462 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14463 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14464 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14465 buffer's modification flag.
14466 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14467 prompted before performing this operation.
14468 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14469 operation is complete, in the form:
14470 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14471 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14472 confirmation message, in the form:
14473 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14474 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14475 macro for exactly what it does.
14477 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14479 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14481 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14483 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14484 Define a filter named NAME.
14485 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14486 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14487 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14489 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14490 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14491 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14492 bound to the current value of the filter.
14494 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14496 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14498 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22290 3771 230246 133000))
14503 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14505 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14506 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14507 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14508 buffers which are visiting a file.
14510 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14512 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14513 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14514 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14515 buffers which are visiting a file.
14517 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14519 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14520 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14521 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14523 All arguments are optional.
14524 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14525 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14526 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14527 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14528 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14529 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14530 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14531 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14532 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14533 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14534 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14535 that value locally in this buffer.
14537 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22230
14542 ;;;;;; 48822 653220 0))
14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14544 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14546 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14547 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14548 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14549 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14551 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14553 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14554 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14555 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14556 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14558 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14559 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14560 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14562 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14564 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14565 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14566 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14567 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14568 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14569 non-marking or not.
14571 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14573 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14574 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14576 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14577 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14580 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14581 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14582 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14584 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14587 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14588 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14589 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14591 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22230 48822 758219
14597 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14599 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14600 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14601 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14604 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14606 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14608 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14609 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14614 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14615 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14616 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14617 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14619 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14620 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14622 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14625 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14628 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14629 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14630 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14631 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22266 10298 457370
14637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14639 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14640 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14641 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14642 Tab indents for Icon code.
14643 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14644 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14646 Variables controlling indentation style:
14647 icon-tab-always-indent
14648 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14649 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14651 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14652 inserted in Icon code.
14654 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14655 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14656 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14657 icon-continued-statement-offset
14658 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14659 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14660 icon-continued-brace-offset
14661 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14662 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14664 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14665 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14666 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14667 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14669 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14670 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22230
14677 ;;;;;; 48822 884219 0))
14678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14680 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14681 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14682 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14683 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14685 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14686 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14689 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14690 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14692 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14693 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14694 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14696 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14698 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22266 10298
14704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14705 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14707 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14708 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14710 The main features of this mode are
14712 1. Indentation and Formatting
14713 --------------------------
14714 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14715 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14717 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14718 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14719 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14720 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14722 Comments are indented as follows:
14724 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14725 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14726 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14728 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14730 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14731 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14732 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14733 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14734 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14735 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14737 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14738 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14739 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14740 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14744 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14745 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14746 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14747 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14748 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14749 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14750 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14751 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14752 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14753 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14758 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14759 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14760 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14761 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14765 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14766 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14767 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14768 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14769 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14772 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14773 --------------------------------
14774 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14775 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14777 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14778 \\fu FUNCTION template
14779 \\c CASE statement template
14780 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14781 \\f FOR loop template
14782 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14783 \\w WHILE loop template
14784 \\i IF statement template
14785 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14788 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14789 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14791 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14792 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14793 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14794 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14796 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14797 -------------------------
14798 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14799 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14801 7. Automatic END completion
14802 ------------------------
14803 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14804 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14808 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14809 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14811 9. Documentation and Customization
14812 -------------------------------
14813 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14814 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14815 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14816 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14817 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14818 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14822 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14823 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14824 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14826 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22230 48822 759219 0))
14833 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14835 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14836 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14837 The following values are possible:
14838 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14840 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14841 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14842 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14845 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14847 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14850 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14851 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14852 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14853 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14854 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14855 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14856 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14857 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14861 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14862 Switch to another buffer.
14863 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14864 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14867 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14868 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14869 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14870 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14871 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14873 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14874 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14876 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14878 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14879 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14880 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14881 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14882 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14883 in a separate window.
14884 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14885 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14886 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14887 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14888 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14889 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14890 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14891 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14892 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14896 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14897 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14898 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14903 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14904 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14905 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14910 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14912 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14913 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14917 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14918 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14919 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14920 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14924 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14925 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14926 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14927 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14931 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14932 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14936 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14937 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14938 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14939 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14942 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14943 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14944 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14945 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14946 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14947 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14949 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14950 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14952 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14954 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14955 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14956 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14957 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14958 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14959 in a separate window.
14960 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14961 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14962 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14963 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14964 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14965 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14966 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14967 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14968 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14969 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14970 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14971 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14972 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14973 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14974 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14975 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14976 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14977 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14981 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14982 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14984 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14988 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14989 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14990 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14991 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14995 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14996 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14997 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14998 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15002 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15003 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15004 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15005 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15009 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15010 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15011 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15012 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15016 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15017 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15018 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15019 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15023 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15024 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15025 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15026 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15030 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15031 Write current buffer to a file.
15032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15033 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15037 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15038 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15039 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15040 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15044 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15045 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15046 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15047 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15051 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15052 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15053 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15054 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15055 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15056 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15058 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15060 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15061 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15062 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15063 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15065 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15067 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15068 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15069 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15070 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15072 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15074 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15075 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15076 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15077 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15078 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15079 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15080 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15081 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15082 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15083 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15084 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15085 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15086 with point positioned at the end.
15087 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15088 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15090 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22230 48822 759219 0))
15095 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15097 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15098 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15099 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15100 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22230 48822 760219 0))
15107 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15109 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15111 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15112 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15114 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15115 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15116 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22290 3771 231246 127000))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15125 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15126 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15127 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15130 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15132 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15133 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15134 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15139 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15140 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15141 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15144 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15146 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15147 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15148 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15151 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15153 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15154 Determine and return image type.
15155 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15156 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15157 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15158 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15159 use its file extension as image type.
15160 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15162 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15165 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15166 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15168 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15171 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15172 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15174 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15175 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15176 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15177 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15182 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15184 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15185 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15186 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15187 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15188 use its file extension as image type.
15189 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15190 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15191 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15192 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15194 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15196 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15197 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15198 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15200 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15202 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15203 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15204 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15205 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15206 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15207 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15208 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15209 POS may be an integer or marker.
15210 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15211 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15212 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15213 means display it in the right marginal area.
15215 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15217 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15218 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15219 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15220 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15221 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15222 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15223 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15224 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15225 means display it in the right marginal area.
15226 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15227 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15228 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15229 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15230 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15232 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15234 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15235 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15236 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15237 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15238 STRING is a single space.
15239 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15240 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15241 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15242 means display it in the right marginal area.
15243 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15245 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15247 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15248 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15249 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15250 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15252 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15254 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15255 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15257 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15259 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15260 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15261 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15262 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15263 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15264 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15265 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15266 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15269 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15271 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15273 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15275 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15276 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15278 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15279 documentation string.
15281 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15282 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15283 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15284 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15285 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15286 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15287 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15292 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15293 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15295 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15297 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15299 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15300 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15301 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15302 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15304 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15305 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15306 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15307 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15309 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22290 3771
15316 ;;;;;; 230246 133000))
15317 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15318 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15320 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15321 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15322 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15323 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15324 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15325 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15329 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15330 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15332 Convenience command that:
15334 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15335 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15336 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15338 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15339 image files in dired and type
15340 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15342 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15344 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15345 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15347 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15349 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15350 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15351 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15352 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15353 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15356 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15357 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15358 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15360 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15361 instead of erasing it first.
15363 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15364 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15365 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15366 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15367 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15368 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15370 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15372 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15373 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15374 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15375 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15380 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15382 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15384 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15385 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15389 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15390 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15391 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15395 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15396 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15400 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15401 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15402 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15403 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15407 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15408 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15412 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15413 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15417 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15418 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15422 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15423 Display current image file.
15424 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15425 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15429 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15430 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15434 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15435 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15436 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15437 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15438 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15439 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15440 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15444 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15445 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15446 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22230 48822 760219
15455 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15457 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15458 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15459 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15460 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15462 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15463 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15464 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15465 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15467 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15469 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15470 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15471 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15472 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15474 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15475 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15476 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15477 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15479 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15481 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15482 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15486 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15487 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15488 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15489 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15491 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15493 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15494 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15495 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15497 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15498 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15500 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15502 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15503 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15505 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15506 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15508 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15509 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15510 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22290 3771 230246
15518 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15520 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15521 Major mode for image files.
15522 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15523 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15530 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15531 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15536 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15537 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15542 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15543 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15544 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15545 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15546 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15547 to display an image file as the actual image.
15549 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15550 to display an image file as text initially.
15552 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15557 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15560 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22230 48822 761219 0))
15565 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15567 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15568 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15570 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15572 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15573 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15576 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15578 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15579 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15580 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15582 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15584 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15585 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15586 Each element of this list should have the form
15588 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15590 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15591 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15592 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15594 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15595 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15596 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15597 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15599 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15600 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15602 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15603 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15604 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15607 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15608 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15609 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15611 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15612 create a buffer index.
15614 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15615 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15616 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15617 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15618 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15620 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15622 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15623 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15625 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15626 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15627 called within a `save-excursion'.
15629 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15631 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15633 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15634 Function for finding the next index position.
15636 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15637 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15638 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15641 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15642 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15644 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15646 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15647 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15649 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15650 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15651 It should return the name for that index item.")
15653 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15655 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15656 Function to compare string with index item.
15658 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15659 non-nil if they match.
15661 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15662 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15663 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15664 arguments match\".")
15666 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15668 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15669 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15670 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15672 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15673 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15675 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15677 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15679 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15680 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15681 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15682 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15686 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15687 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15689 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15693 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15694 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15695 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15696 for more information.
15698 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22230 48822
15704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15706 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15707 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15711 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15714 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15716 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15719 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15721 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15724 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15726 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15727 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22230 48822
15735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15737 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15738 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15739 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15741 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15742 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15743 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15744 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15748 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22230 48822 762219 0))
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15755 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15756 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15757 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15758 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15759 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15760 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15761 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15762 first in this list.
15764 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15765 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15766 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15767 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15768 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15770 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15771 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15772 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15774 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15775 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15777 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15778 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15780 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15781 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15782 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15783 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15784 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15785 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15786 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15787 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15788 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15789 with the top-level Info directory.
15791 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15792 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15794 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15796 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15797 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15798 in all the directories in that path.
15800 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15802 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15804 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15805 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15809 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15810 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15814 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15815 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15816 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15817 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15821 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15822 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15823 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15824 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15826 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15828 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15829 Go to the Info directory node.
15833 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15834 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15835 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15836 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15837 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15838 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15840 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15842 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15843 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15844 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15846 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15848 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15849 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15850 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15851 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15852 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15854 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15856 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15857 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15858 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15859 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15860 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15862 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15863 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15865 Selecting other nodes:
15866 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15867 Follow a node reference you click on.
15868 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15869 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15870 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15871 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15872 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15873 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15874 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15875 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15876 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15877 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15878 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15879 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15880 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15881 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15882 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15883 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15884 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15885 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15886 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15887 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15889 Moving within a node:
15890 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15891 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15892 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15893 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15894 move up to the parent node.
15895 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15896 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15898 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15901 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15902 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15903 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15904 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15905 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15906 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15907 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15908 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15909 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15910 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15911 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15912 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15913 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15914 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15915 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15916 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15919 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15921 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15922 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15923 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15924 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15925 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15926 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15928 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15929 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15931 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15932 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15934 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15935 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15936 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15937 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15941 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15942 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15943 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15947 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15948 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15949 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15951 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15953 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15954 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15955 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15956 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15957 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15958 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15960 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22298 5692 411287
15966 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15968 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15969 Throw away all cached data.
15970 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15971 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15975 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15977 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15978 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15979 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15980 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15981 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15982 one found at point.
15984 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15986 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15987 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15989 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15990 Display the documentation of a file.
15991 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15992 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15993 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15994 The default file name is the one found at point.
15996 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15998 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16000 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16001 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16003 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16005 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16006 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16008 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22230 48822 761219
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16015 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16017 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16018 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16019 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16020 current info file is the default.
16022 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16023 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16024 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16025 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16026 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16028 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16029 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16030 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16031 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16032 mistake in the reference.
16034 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16035 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16036 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16038 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16039 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16040 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16041 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16043 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16045 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16046 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16047 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16048 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16051 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16052 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16053 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16054 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16055 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16056 should be harmless.
16060 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16061 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16062 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16063 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16065 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16066 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16067 and can take a long time.
16071 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16072 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16073 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16075 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16077 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16078 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16080 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16081 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16082 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16083 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16086 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16087 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16088 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16089 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16092 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22230 48822 762219
16098 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16100 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16101 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16103 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16105 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16106 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16108 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16110 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16111 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16112 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16113 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16115 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16116 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16117 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16119 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16120 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16121 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16122 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16126 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16127 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16128 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16132 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16133 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16134 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16135 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16136 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22230 48822
16144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16146 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16149 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16151 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16153 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22230 48822
16159 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16160 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16162 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16163 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16164 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16166 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22230
16171 ;;;;;; 48822 763219 0))
16172 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16174 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16175 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16179 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16180 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16184 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16187 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22230 48822 768219
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16194 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16196 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16197 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16198 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16199 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16200 accessed via isearchb.
16206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22230
16207 ;;;;;; 48822 764219 0))
16208 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16210 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16211 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16212 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16213 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16214 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16216 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16218 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16219 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16220 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16221 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16222 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16224 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16226 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16227 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16228 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16229 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16230 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16232 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16234 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16235 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16236 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16237 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16238 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16240 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16242 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16243 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16244 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16245 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16246 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16248 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16250 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16251 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16252 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16253 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16254 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16256 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16258 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16259 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16260 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16261 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16262 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16264 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16266 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16267 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16268 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16269 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16271 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16273 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16274 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16275 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16276 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16278 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16280 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16281 Warn that format is read-only.
16283 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16285 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16286 Warn that format is write-only.
16288 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16290 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16291 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16298 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 764219 0))
16299 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16300 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16301 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22230 48822
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16309 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16311 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16312 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16313 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16314 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16315 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16317 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16319 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16321 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16322 Key map for ispell menu.")
16324 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16325 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16326 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16327 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16329 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16331 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16333 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16335 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16337 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16338 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16339 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16340 Valid forms include:
16341 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16342 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16343 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16344 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16346 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16347 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16348 First list is used raw.
16349 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16351 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16352 for skipping in latex mode.")
16354 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16355 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16356 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16357 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16358 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16359 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16360 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16362 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16363 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16364 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16365 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16367 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16368 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16369 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16370 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16371 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16373 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16374 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16376 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16377 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16379 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16380 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16382 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16383 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16386 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16387 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16388 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16389 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16390 quit spell session exited.
16392 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16394 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16395 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16396 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16398 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16400 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16401 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16405 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16406 SPC: Accept word this time.
16407 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16408 `a': Accept word for this session.
16409 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16410 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16411 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16412 `?': Show these commands.
16413 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16414 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16415 the aborted check to be completed later.
16416 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16417 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16418 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16419 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16420 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16421 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16422 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16426 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16427 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16428 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16429 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16431 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16433 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16434 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16435 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16436 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16438 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16440 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16442 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16443 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16444 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16445 amount for last line processed.
16447 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16449 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16450 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16454 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16455 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16459 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16460 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16461 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16463 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16465 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16466 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16470 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16471 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16472 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16473 sequence inside of a word.
16475 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16477 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16479 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16480 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16484 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16485 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16486 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16487 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16489 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16490 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16491 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16492 available on the net.
16496 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16497 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16499 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16500 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16502 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16503 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16506 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16507 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16510 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16511 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16515 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16516 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16517 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16518 Don't check included messages.
16520 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16521 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16522 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16524 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16526 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16527 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16528 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16529 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16531 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16532 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16533 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22230
16540 ;;;;;; 48822 773219 0))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16543 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16548 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16549 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16550 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16551 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16552 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16553 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16554 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16555 necessary to represent OBJ.
16557 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16559 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16560 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16561 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16562 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16564 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16566 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16567 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16568 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16569 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16570 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16572 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16574 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16575 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16576 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16577 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16579 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16581 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16582 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16583 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16584 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16586 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16588 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16589 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16593 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16594 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16595 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16596 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16597 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16599 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16601 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16602 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16603 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16604 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16605 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16607 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16609 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16610 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16611 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16613 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22230 48822 769219
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16621 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16622 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16623 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16624 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16626 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16629 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16631 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16632 Uninstall jka-compr.
16633 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16634 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16635 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22290 3781 431180 205000))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16643 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16645 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16646 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16650 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16651 Major mode for editing JSX.
16653 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16654 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16657 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16658 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16659 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16662 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16664 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22266 10298 409370 0))
16669 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16670 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22230 48822
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16678 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16679 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16680 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16681 decimal key must be specified.")
16683 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16685 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16686 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16687 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16688 decimal key must be specified.")
16690 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16692 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16693 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16694 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16695 decimal key must be specified.")
16697 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16699 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16700 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16701 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16702 decimal key must be specified.")
16704 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16706 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16707 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16708 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16709 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16710 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16714 -------------------------------------------------------------
16715 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16716 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16717 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16718 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16719 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16720 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16721 in the global and local keymaps.
16723 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16724 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16726 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22230
16731 ;;;;;; 48822 764219 0))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16734 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16735 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16736 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16738 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16739 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16740 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16741 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16744 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16745 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16746 the context of text formatting.
16748 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22230 48822 764219
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16756 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16757 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16758 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16759 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16760 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16761 positions that contains the current selection.")
16763 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16764 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16765 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16766 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16767 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16768 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16769 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22230 48822 769219 0))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16777 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16778 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16779 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16780 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16781 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16782 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16783 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16785 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16786 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16787 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16789 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16791 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16792 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16793 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16794 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16795 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16797 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16799 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16800 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16801 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16803 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16804 defining the macro.
16806 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16807 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16808 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16810 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16811 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16815 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16816 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16817 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16818 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16819 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16822 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16823 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16824 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16828 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16829 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16830 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16831 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16833 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16834 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16835 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16836 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16838 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16839 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16841 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16843 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16844 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16845 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16847 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16850 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16851 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16853 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16854 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16855 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16857 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16858 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16862 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16863 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16864 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16865 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16867 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16870 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16871 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16872 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16874 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16875 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16877 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16879 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16880 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16881 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16883 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22230
16888 ;;;;;; 48822 773219 0))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16891 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16892 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16893 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16895 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22230 48822
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16906 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16909 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16911 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16912 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16913 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16914 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16915 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16916 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16918 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16919 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16921 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16923 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16924 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16926 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16928 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16931 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16933 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16936 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22230
16941 ;;;;;; 48822 764219 0))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16944 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16945 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16946 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16947 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16949 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16951 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16952 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16953 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16955 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16957 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16958 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16959 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16963 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16964 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16965 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16966 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16968 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16973 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 764219 0))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16976 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16977 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16978 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16979 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16980 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16981 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16982 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16983 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16985 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16986 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16989 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16991 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16993 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16994 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16995 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16996 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16997 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16998 `latin1-display-setup'.
17000 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17002 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17003 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17004 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17005 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17008 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17010 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22230
17015 ;;;;;; 48822 886219 0))
17016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17018 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17019 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22290
17026 ;;;;;; 3771 161246 579000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17028 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17030 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17031 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17032 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17033 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17035 For instance, the following code
17038 (if (and .title .body)
17043 essentially expands to
17045 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17046 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17047 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17048 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17049 (if (and .title .body)
17054 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17055 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17056 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17057 displayed in the example above.
17059 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17061 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22230 48822 861219 0))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17068 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17069 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17070 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17071 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17072 generations (this defaults to 1).
17074 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22290 3771 242246 56000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17080 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17082 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17083 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17085 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17086 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17088 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17092 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17093 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17094 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17097 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17099 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17101 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17102 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17103 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17104 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17105 ARG is omitted or nil.
17107 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17108 `linum-on' would do it.
17109 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22230 48822 786219
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17119 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17120 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17121 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17122 is nil, raise an error.
17124 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17125 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17126 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17127 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17128 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17129 defined by the library.
17131 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17132 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17133 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17134 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17135 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17138 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17139 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17140 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17141 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17143 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22230 48822 786219 0))
17148 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17150 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17151 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17152 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17154 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17156 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17157 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17158 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17159 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17161 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17162 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17163 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17164 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17165 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17166 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17169 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17170 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17172 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17173 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17175 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17176 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17178 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17180 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17181 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17182 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17183 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17184 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17185 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17186 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17187 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17188 to constrain a big search.
17190 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17192 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17193 except that FILTER is not optional.
17195 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22230 48822 937218
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17203 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17204 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17205 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17206 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17207 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17208 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17209 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17210 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17211 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17212 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17214 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17215 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17217 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17218 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17219 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17220 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17221 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17223 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17224 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17225 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17227 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22298 5692 419287
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17235 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17236 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22290 3771 242246 56000))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17245 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17246 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17248 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17249 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17251 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17252 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17253 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17255 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17256 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17259 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17260 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17261 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17262 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17263 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17264 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17266 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17268 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17269 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17270 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17271 switch on this list.
17272 See `lpr-command'.")
17274 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17276 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17277 Name of program for printing a file.
17279 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17280 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17281 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17282 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17283 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17284 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17287 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17289 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17290 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17291 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17292 for customization of the printer command.
17296 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17297 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17299 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17300 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17301 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17302 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17304 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17305 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17307 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17308 for further customization of the printer command.
17312 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17313 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17314 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17315 for customization of the printer command.
17317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17319 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17320 Paginate and print the region contents.
17322 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17323 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17324 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17325 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17327 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17328 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17330 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17331 for further customization of the printer command.
17333 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22290 3771 243246 49000))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17340 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17341 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17342 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17344 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22230 48822 653220
17350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17352 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17353 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17354 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17355 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22230 48822
17363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17365 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17366 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22230 48822 787219 0))
17373 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17375 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17376 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17377 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17378 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17379 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17381 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17383 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17384 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17385 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17386 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17387 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17389 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17390 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17391 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17392 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17395 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17396 use this command, and then save the file.
17398 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17400 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17401 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17402 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17403 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17404 each time the macro executes.
17405 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17406 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17407 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17408 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17409 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17410 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17411 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17415 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17416 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17417 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17418 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17420 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17421 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17422 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17425 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17426 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17428 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17429 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17430 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17431 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17432 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17434 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17437 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17438 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17439 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17441 You could enter the names in this format:
17447 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17450 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17453 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17454 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17456 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17457 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22290 3771
17462 ;;;;;; 243246 49000))
17463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17465 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17466 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17467 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17468 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17469 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17470 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17472 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17473 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17474 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17475 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17476 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17478 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17479 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17480 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17483 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17485 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17486 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17488 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22230 48822
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17496 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17497 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17501 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17506 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17507 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17509 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17511 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17512 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17513 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17516 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22230 48822
17524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17526 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17527 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17528 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17529 often correct parser.")
17531 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17533 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17534 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17535 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17536 a value which excludes your own email address.
17538 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17539 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17541 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17543 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17544 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17546 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17548 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17549 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17550 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17551 we return it unconverted.
17553 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17554 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17556 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17558 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17559 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17560 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17561 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17563 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17565 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17566 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17567 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17568 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17570 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17572 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17573 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17574 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17575 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17576 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17577 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17578 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17579 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17580 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17583 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17585 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17586 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17587 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17588 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17589 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17590 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17591 matches may be returned from the message body.
17593 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22266 10298
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17601 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17602 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17603 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17606 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17608 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17610 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17611 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17613 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17614 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17616 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17617 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17618 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17619 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17623 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17624 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17628 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17629 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17630 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17632 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17634 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17635 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17636 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17638 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17639 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17640 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17643 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22230 48822
17649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17651 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17652 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17653 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17655 If `parens', they look like:
17656 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17657 If `angles', they look like:
17658 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17660 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17662 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17663 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17664 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17665 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17666 their `Resent-' variants.
17668 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17669 removed from alias expansions.
17671 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17673 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17674 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17675 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17677 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17678 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17679 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17680 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17682 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17684 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17685 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17686 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17690 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17691 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17692 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17693 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17697 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22230 48822
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17705 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17706 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17707 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17708 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22261
17715 ;;;;;; 18214 528020 0))
17716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17718 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17719 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17721 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17722 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17723 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17724 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17725 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17726 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17728 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17729 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17730 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17731 dependency, despite the colon.
17733 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17735 In the browser, use the following keys:
17737 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17739 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17741 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17742 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17744 `makefile-target-colon':
17745 The string that gets appended to all target names
17746 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17747 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17749 `makefile-macro-assign':
17750 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17751 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17752 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17753 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17754 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17755 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17757 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17758 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17759 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17761 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17762 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17764 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17765 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17766 up or down in the browser.
17768 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17769 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17771 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17772 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17774 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17775 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17776 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17777 has been selected in the browser.
17779 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17780 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17781 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17782 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17783 filenames are omitted.
17785 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17786 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17787 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17788 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17789 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17790 the backslash itself intact.
17791 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17792 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17794 `makefile-browser-hook':
17795 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17796 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17798 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17799 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17800 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17801 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17805 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17806 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17810 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17811 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17815 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17816 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17820 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17821 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17825 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17826 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22230 48822 793219
17834 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17836 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17837 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17838 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22230 48822 794219 0))
17845 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17847 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17849 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17850 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17851 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17852 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17853 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17854 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17855 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17856 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17857 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17858 without running the man command.
17860 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17861 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17862 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17867 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17868 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17869 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17870 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17874 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17875 otherwise look like a page name.
17880 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17881 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17882 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17886 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17888 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17889 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17891 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17893 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17894 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17896 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22274 39275 441023
17902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17903 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22230 48822 794219 0))
17908 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17909 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17911 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17912 Toggle Master mode.
17913 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17914 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17915 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17917 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17918 using the following commands:
17920 \\{master-mode-map}
17922 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17923 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17924 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22230 48822 794219
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17934 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17935 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17936 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17939 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17941 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17943 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17944 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17946 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17947 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17949 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17950 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17951 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17952 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22230 48822 794219 0))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17960 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22290 3771 206246
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17968 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17970 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17971 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17972 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17973 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17974 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17975 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17976 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17977 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17978 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17979 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17980 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17981 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17982 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17983 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17984 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17985 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17986 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17987 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17988 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17989 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17990 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17991 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17992 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17993 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17994 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17995 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17996 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17997 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17998 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17999 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18000 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18001 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18002 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18003 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18004 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18005 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18006 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18007 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18011 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18012 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18013 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18014 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18015 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18017 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18019 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18020 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18022 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18024 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18025 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18027 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18029 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18030 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18032 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18034 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18035 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18036 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18038 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18040 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18041 Cancel an article you posted.
18042 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18046 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18047 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18048 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18049 header line with the old Message-ID.
18053 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18054 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18058 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18059 Forward the current message via mail.
18060 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18061 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18063 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18065 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18068 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18070 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18073 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18075 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18076 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18080 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18081 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18083 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18085 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18086 Re-mail the current message.
18087 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18088 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18093 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18094 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18096 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18098 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18099 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18101 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18103 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18104 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18106 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18108 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18109 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18111 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18113 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18114 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18115 Works by overstriking characters.
18116 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18117 which specify the range to operate on.
18119 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18122 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18123 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18124 which specify the range to operate on.
18126 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22230
18131 ;;;;;; 48822 887219 0))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18133 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18135 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18136 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18140 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18141 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22230 48822
18149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18151 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18152 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18153 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18157 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18158 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18159 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18160 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18161 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18162 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18163 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18165 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18167 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18168 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18169 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18170 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18171 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18173 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18174 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18176 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18178 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18179 Process current region through `metamail'.
18180 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18181 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18182 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18184 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18185 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18187 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22290 3771 249246
18193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18195 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18196 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18197 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18201 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18202 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18203 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18207 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18208 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18210 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18211 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18212 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18214 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18215 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18217 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18218 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18220 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18222 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18224 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18225 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18226 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18227 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18228 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18231 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18232 initial Subject field, respectively.
18234 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18235 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18238 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18239 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18241 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18243 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18244 Save draft and send message.
18246 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18247 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18248 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18251 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18252 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18253 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18255 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18256 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18257 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18258 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18259 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18260 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18262 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18263 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18265 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18266 message and scan line.
18268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18270 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18271 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18273 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18274 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18275 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18276 delete the draft message.
18282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22290 3771 250246 4000))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18284 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18286 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18288 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18290 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18292 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18293 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22230 48822
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18303 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18304 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18305 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18307 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18308 the MH mail system.
18310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18312 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18313 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18314 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18316 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18317 the MH mail system.
18319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18321 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18322 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18324 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18325 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18326 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18329 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18330 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18331 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18334 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18338 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18339 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18340 can be used in several ways.
18342 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18343 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18344 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18345 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18349 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18350 The range must be nonempty.
18355 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18356 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18363 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18366 All of the messages.
18368 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18369 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18371 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18372 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18373 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18375 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22290 3781 420180
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18385 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18386 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18387 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18389 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18390 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18392 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18394 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18395 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18399 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18400 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18401 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18402 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18403 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18404 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18405 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18406 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18407 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18408 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18409 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18413 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18414 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18415 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18416 to its second argument TM.
18418 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22230 48822
18424 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18426 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18427 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18428 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18429 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18430 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18431 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18433 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18435 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18436 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18438 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18439 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18441 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18442 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18443 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18444 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18445 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18446 is modified to remove the default indication.
18448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22230 48822 803219 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18455 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18456 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18457 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18458 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18459 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18460 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18461 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18462 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18463 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18467 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18468 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18469 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18470 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18471 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18472 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18473 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18474 The return value is always nil.
18476 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22230 48822 803219
18482 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18483 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18485 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18486 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18488 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18489 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18490 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18493 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18494 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18495 end of the search space).
18497 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18498 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18499 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18500 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18501 should return the previous buffer to search.
18503 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18504 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18505 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18507 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18508 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18509 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18512 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18513 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18514 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18516 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18517 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18518 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18520 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18521 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18523 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18524 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18525 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18529 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18530 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18531 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18532 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18533 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18534 whose names match the specified regexp.
18536 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18538 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18539 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18540 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18541 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18542 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18543 whose names match the specified regexp.
18545 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18547 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18548 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18549 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18550 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18551 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18552 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18553 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18555 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18557 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18558 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18559 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18560 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18561 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18562 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18563 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18565 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22230
18570 ;;;;;; 48822 887219 0))
18571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18572 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18574 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18575 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22230 48822
18583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18585 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18586 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18588 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22230 48822
18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18596 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18597 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18599 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18601 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18602 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18603 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18604 the entire message.
18605 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18607 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22290 3771
18612 ;;;;;; 209246 269000))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18615 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18616 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18617 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18618 the entire message.
18619 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18621 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22290 3771 209246
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18629 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18630 Insert file contents of URL.
18631 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18635 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18636 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18638 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22290 3771 211246
18644 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18646 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18647 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18648 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18649 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18650 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18652 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18654 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18655 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18656 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18658 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22290 3771 212246 250000))
18663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18665 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18666 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18670 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18671 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18672 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18673 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18674 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18676 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18677 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18678 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18679 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18680 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18681 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18683 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22290 3771 212246
18689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18691 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18694 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18696 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18699 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22290 3771 212246
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18707 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18710 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18712 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18715 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18717 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18720 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18722 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18725 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18727 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18730 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18732 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18735 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22290 3781
18745 ;;;;;; 414180 315000))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18748 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22230 48822
18754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18756 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18758 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18759 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18760 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18761 followed by the first character of the construct.
18763 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18764 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18765 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18766 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18767 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18768 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18769 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18770 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18771 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18772 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18773 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18774 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18775 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18778 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18779 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18780 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22230 48822 861219
18788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18790 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18791 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18793 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18795 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18796 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18798 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18800 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18801 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18803 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18805 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18806 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18808 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22230 48822 803219
18814 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18816 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18817 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18819 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18820 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18821 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18823 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18824 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18825 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18827 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18828 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18830 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18831 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18832 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18833 hemisphere you're in.)
18835 To test this function, evaluate:
18836 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18838 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18840 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18841 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18843 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18844 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18846 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18847 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18848 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18850 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18851 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18853 To test this function, evaluate:
18854 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18856 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22290 3771 251245 997000))
18861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18863 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18864 Main entry point for MPC.
18870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22230 48822 861219 0))
18871 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18873 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18874 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22230 48822 804219 0))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18883 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18884 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18885 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18888 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18890 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18892 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18895 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18896 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18898 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18899 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22230
18906 ;;;;;; 48822 765219 0))
18907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18909 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18910 Display a list of all character sets.
18912 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18913 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18914 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18915 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18916 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18918 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18919 but still shows the full information.
18923 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18924 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18925 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18927 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18928 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18929 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18930 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18931 meanings of these arguments.
18933 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18935 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18936 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18938 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18940 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18941 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18943 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18945 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18946 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18948 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18950 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18951 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18953 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18954 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18956 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18957 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18958 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18959 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18960 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18961 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18962 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18963 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18964 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18965 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18966 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18967 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18968 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18969 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18970 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18971 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18975 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18976 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18980 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18981 Display a list of all coding systems.
18982 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18984 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18985 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18989 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18990 Display a list of all coding categories.
18994 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18995 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18996 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18998 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19000 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19001 Display information about FONTSET.
19002 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19004 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19007 Display a list of all fontsets.
19008 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19009 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19010 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19014 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19015 Display information about all input methods.
19019 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19020 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19022 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19023 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19024 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19025 system which uses fontsets).
19029 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19030 Show log of font listing and opening.
19031 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19032 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19034 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22230
19039 ;;;;;; 48822 766219 0))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19042 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19043 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19045 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19046 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19048 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19049 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19051 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19053 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19054 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19055 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19056 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19057 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19058 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19059 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19061 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19062 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19063 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19064 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19065 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19066 middle of a character in STR.
19068 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19069 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19071 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19072 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19073 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19074 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19075 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19077 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19079 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19080 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19082 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19083 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19084 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19086 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19087 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19088 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19090 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19091 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19092 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19094 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19095 longer than KEYSEQ.
19096 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19098 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19100 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19101 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19102 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19103 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19104 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19105 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19106 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19107 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19108 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19109 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19110 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19112 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19114 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19115 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19117 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19119 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19120 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19122 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19124 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19125 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19127 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19129 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19130 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19132 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19134 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19135 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19136 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19137 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19138 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19140 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19141 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19143 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19144 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19145 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19146 coding systems ordered by priority.
19148 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19150 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19152 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19153 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19154 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19155 language environment LANG-ENV.
19157 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19159 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19160 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19161 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19162 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19163 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19164 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19166 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19168 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19169 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19170 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19171 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19172 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19174 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19176 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19177 part of the file/buffer.
19178 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19180 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19182 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19183 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19184 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19185 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19186 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19188 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19190 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19191 part of the file/buffer.
19192 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19194 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22290 3771
19199 ;;;;;; 252245 991000))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19202 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19203 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19207 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19208 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19212 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19213 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19217 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19218 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19222 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19223 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19227 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19228 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19230 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19232 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19234 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19235 `ping-program-options'.
19239 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19240 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19244 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19245 Run nslookup program.
19249 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19250 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19254 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19259 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19264 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19265 Finger USER on HOST.
19267 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19269 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19270 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19271 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19272 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19274 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19276 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19281 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19282 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19284 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19286 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19287 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19289 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22230 48822 809219
19295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19297 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19298 Return a user name/password pair.
19299 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19300 listed in the PORTS list.
19302 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22290
19307 ;;;;;; 3771 253245 985000))
19308 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19310 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19311 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19312 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19313 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19314 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19317 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19319 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19320 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19321 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19322 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19323 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19324 a port number to connect to.
19326 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19329 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19331 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19332 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19333 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19334 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19335 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19336 an unencrypted connection.
19337 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19338 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19339 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19340 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19341 returned object is a killed process.
19342 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19343 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19344 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19346 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19347 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19348 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19349 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19350 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19351 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19352 or nil if none could be found.
19353 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19354 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19356 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19358 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19359 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19360 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19362 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19363 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19364 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19366 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19367 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19368 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19370 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19371 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19372 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19373 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19375 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19376 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19378 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19379 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19380 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19381 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19382 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19383 or STARTTLS connections.
19385 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19386 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19388 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19389 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19391 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19392 a greeting from the server.
19394 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19395 asynchronously, if possible.
19397 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19399 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22230
19404 ;;;;;; 48822 809219 0))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19407 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19408 Check whether newsticker is running.
19409 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19410 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19414 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19415 Start the newsticker.
19416 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19417 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19418 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19419 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19421 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19426 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 810219 0))
19427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19429 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19430 Start newsticker plainview.
19436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22230
19437 ;;;;;; 48822 810219 0))
19438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19440 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19441 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22230
19448 ;;;;;; 48822 810219 0))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19451 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19452 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19453 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19454 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19459 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19460 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19461 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22230
19469 ;;;;;; 48822 810219 0))
19470 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19472 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19473 Start newsticker treeview.
19479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22290 3771 213246
19481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19483 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19484 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19486 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22290 3771 213246
19492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19494 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19495 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19496 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19497 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19498 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19499 symbol in the alist.
19501 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22290 3771 213246
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19509 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19510 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19511 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22290 3771 219246 204000))
19518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19520 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19521 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19523 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22230 48822 818219 0))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19530 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19532 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19533 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19534 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19536 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19539 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19541 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19542 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19543 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19544 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19545 to future sessions.
19547 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19549 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19550 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19551 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19552 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19555 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22230
19560 ;;;;;; 48822 918218 0))
19561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19563 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19564 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19566 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19567 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19568 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22230 48822 811219 0))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19576 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22290 3771
19581 ;;;;;; 261245 933000))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19584 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19585 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19586 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19587 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19589 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22290 3771
19594 ;;;;;; 262245 926000))
19595 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19597 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19598 Major mode for editing XML.
19600 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19601 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19602 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19603 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19604 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19605 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19606 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19608 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19610 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19611 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19613 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19614 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19615 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19616 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19619 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19620 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19621 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19622 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19623 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19624 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19626 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19627 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19628 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19630 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19631 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19632 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19634 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19635 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19636 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19637 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19638 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19639 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19640 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19641 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19642 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19644 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19646 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19647 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19650 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22290 3771
19655 ;;;;;; 263245 920000))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19658 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19659 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19660 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19661 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22266 10298
19669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19671 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19672 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19674 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19675 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19676 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19677 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19679 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19682 \\{octave-mode-map}
19686 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19687 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19688 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19690 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19692 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19693 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19695 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19696 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19697 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19701 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22230 48822
19707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19709 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19711 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19712 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19713 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19714 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19715 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19717 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19721 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19722 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19723 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19724 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19725 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19726 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19727 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19728 Directories to search when finding external units.
19729 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19730 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19734 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19735 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22290 3781 426180 237000))
19742 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19744 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19745 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19747 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19749 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19750 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19751 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19752 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19753 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19754 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19756 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19758 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19759 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19760 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19761 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19762 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19764 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19767 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19771 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19772 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19776 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19777 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19778 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19780 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19781 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19782 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19783 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19784 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19785 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19786 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19787 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19788 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19789 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19791 The following commands are available:
19797 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19798 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19800 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19801 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19802 in special contexts.
19804 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19805 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19806 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19807 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19808 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19809 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19810 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19811 properties in the buffer.
19812 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19813 including any drawers.
19815 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19817 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19818 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19819 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19820 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19821 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19822 and zoom in further.
19823 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19824 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19826 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19827 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19828 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19829 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19830 times right after creating a new headline.
19832 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19833 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19834 is negative, go up that many levels.
19836 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19837 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19838 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19840 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19841 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19842 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19843 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19847 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19848 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19849 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19850 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19853 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19855 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19856 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19857 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19858 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19859 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19860 defined by Org-mode).
19862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19864 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19865 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19869 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19870 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19874 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19875 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19876 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19877 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19880 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19882 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19883 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19884 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19885 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19887 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19888 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19889 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19891 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19892 part of Org's core.
19894 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19899 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19900 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19901 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19905 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19906 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19907 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19912 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19913 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19915 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19917 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19918 Switch between Org buffers.
19919 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19920 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19922 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19923 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19927 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19929 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19931 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19932 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19933 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19934 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19938 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19939 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19941 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19943 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19944 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19945 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19949 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19950 Reload all org lisp files.
19951 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19953 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19955 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19956 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22230 48822
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19966 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19967 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19971 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19972 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19973 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19974 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19976 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19977 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19978 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19979 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19980 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19981 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19982 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19983 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19984 e Export views to associated files.
19985 s Search entries for keywords.
19986 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19987 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19988 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19989 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19990 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19991 > Remove a previous restriction.
19992 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19993 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19994 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19996 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19997 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19998 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20000 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20001 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20002 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20003 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20006 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20008 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20009 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20010 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20011 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20012 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20013 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20014 before running the agenda command.
20016 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20018 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20019 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20020 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20021 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20022 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20023 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20024 before running the agenda command.
20026 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20027 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20029 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20031 category The category of the item
20032 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20033 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20034 todo selected in TODO match
20035 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20036 diary imported from diary
20037 deadline a deadline on given date
20038 scheduled scheduled on given date
20039 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20040 closed entry was closed on given date
20041 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20042 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20043 block entry has date block including g. date
20044 todo The todo keyword, if any
20045 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20046 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20047 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20048 extra Sting with extra planning info
20049 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20050 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20051 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20053 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20055 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20056 Store agenda views.
20058 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20060 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20061 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20063 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20065 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20066 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20067 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20068 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20070 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20071 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20072 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20074 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20075 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20077 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20078 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20080 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20082 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20083 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20085 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20086 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20087 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20088 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20091 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20092 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20093 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20094 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20095 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20096 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20098 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20099 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20100 including newlines.
20102 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20103 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20104 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20105 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20106 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20107 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20108 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20110 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20111 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20112 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20113 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20115 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20116 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20117 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20118 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20119 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20120 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20121 Boolean search must match as full words.
20123 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20124 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20126 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20128 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20129 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20130 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20131 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20132 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20133 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20137 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20138 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20139 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20141 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20143 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20144 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20145 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20146 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20147 `org-stuck-projects'.
20149 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20151 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20152 Return diary information from org files.
20153 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20154 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20155 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20156 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20157 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20159 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20161 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20163 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20164 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20168 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20169 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20170 So the example above may also be written as
20172 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20174 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20175 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20176 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20178 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20180 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20181 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20183 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20185 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20186 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20187 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20188 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20189 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20191 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20193 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20194 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20195 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20199 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20200 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20201 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20204 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20205 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20207 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20208 for filtering entries out.
20210 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20211 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20212 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20214 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20215 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20217 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20218 (category \"Work\"))
20220 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20221 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20223 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20224 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20225 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20226 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20227 details and examples.
20229 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20230 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20232 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22230 48822
20238 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20240 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20241 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20243 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20245 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20247 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20248 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20249 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20250 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20251 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20252 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20254 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20255 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20256 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20259 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20261 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20262 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20265 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20266 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20267 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20268 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20270 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20273 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22230 48822
20281 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20283 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20284 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20288 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20293 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20294 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20295 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20297 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20300 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20302 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20304 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20305 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20307 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20309 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20310 Write the column view table.
20311 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20313 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20314 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20315 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20316 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20317 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20318 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20319 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20320 using `org-id-find'.
20321 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20322 a hline before each level <= that number.
20323 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20324 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20326 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20327 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20329 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20331 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20332 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20336 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20337 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22230 48822
20345 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20347 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20348 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22230 48822 846219
20356 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20358 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20359 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22230 48822
20367 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20369 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20370 The release version of org-mode.
20371 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20375 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20376 The Git version of org-mode.
20377 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22230 48822 857219
20385 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20386 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20387 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20389 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20390 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20391 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20392 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20394 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20395 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20396 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20397 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20399 \\{outline-mode-map}
20400 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20401 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20402 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20403 are used when point is on a heading line.
20405 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20406 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20407 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20409 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20410 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20414 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20415 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20417 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20418 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20420 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20423 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22290 3781
20428 ;;;;;; 417180 295000))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20430 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20432 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20433 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20434 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20435 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20436 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20438 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20439 activate the package system at any time.")
20441 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20443 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20444 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20445 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20446 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20447 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20449 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20450 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20451 loading packages twice.
20453 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20455 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20456 Import keys from FILE.
20458 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20460 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20461 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20462 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20463 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20464 and make them available for download.
20465 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20466 downloads in the background.
20468 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20470 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20471 Install the package PKG.
20472 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20473 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20475 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20476 `package-selected-packages'.
20478 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20479 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20481 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20483 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20484 Install a package from the current buffer.
20485 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20486 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20487 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20489 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20490 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20491 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20493 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20497 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20498 Install a package from a file.
20499 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20504 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20505 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20506 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20510 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20511 Reinstall package PKG.
20512 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20517 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20518 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20520 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20521 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20526 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20527 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20529 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20531 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20532 Display a list of packages.
20533 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20534 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20535 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20537 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20539 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22230 48822 857219 0))
20544 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20546 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20547 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20548 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20551 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20553 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20555 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20556 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20561 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20562 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20563 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22290
20570 ;;;;;; 3771 148246 663000))
20571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20572 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20574 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20575 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20576 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20577 unknown are returned as nil.
20579 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22266 10298
20585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20587 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20588 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20589 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20591 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20592 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20594 Other useful functions are:
20596 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20597 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20598 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20599 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20600 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20601 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20602 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20603 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20604 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20606 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20608 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20609 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20610 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20611 Indentation for case statements.
20612 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20613 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20615 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20616 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20617 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20618 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20619 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20620 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20621 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20622 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20623 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20624 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20626 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20627 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22230
20634 ;;;;;; 48822 857219 0))
20635 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20637 (defvar password-cache t "\
20638 Whether to cache passwords.")
20640 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20642 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20643 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20644 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20646 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20648 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20649 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20651 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22230 48822
20657 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20659 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20660 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20661 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20663 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20664 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20665 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20666 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20668 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20669 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20670 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20672 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20673 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20674 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20675 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20676 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20679 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20680 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20681 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20682 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20684 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20686 _ matches anything.
20687 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20688 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20689 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20690 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20691 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20692 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20693 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20694 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20695 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20696 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20697 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20698 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20700 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20702 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20703 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20704 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20705 which is the value being matched.
20706 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20707 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20709 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20710 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20712 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20714 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20716 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20717 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20719 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20721 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20723 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20724 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20725 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20726 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20727 variable name being but a special case of it).
20729 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20731 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20733 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20735 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20736 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20737 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20738 of the form (PAT EXP).
20740 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20742 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20744 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20745 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20746 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20747 of the form (PAT EXP).
20748 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20749 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20752 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20754 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20756 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20759 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20761 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20763 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20764 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20765 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20768 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20770 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20772 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22230 48822 857219
20778 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20780 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20781 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22290 3771 282245
20789 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20791 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20792 Completion for `gzip'.
20796 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20797 Completion for `bzip2'.
20801 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20802 Completion for GNU `make'.
20806 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20807 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20811 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22230 48822
20817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20819 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20820 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20825 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20829 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20830 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22230 48822 858219
20838 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20841 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22230 48822 858219
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20851 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20852 Completion for `cd'.
20856 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20858 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20859 Completion for `rmdir'.
20863 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20864 Completion for `rm'.
20868 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20869 Completion for `xargs'.
20873 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20875 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20876 Completion for `which'.
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20881 Completion for the `chown' command.
20885 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20886 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20890 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20891 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20895 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20896 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20897 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22230 48822 858219
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20907 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20908 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20912 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20913 Completion for the `ack' command.
20914 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20919 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20921 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20922 Completion for the `ag' command.
20928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22230 48822 858219
20930 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20932 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20933 Support extensible programmable completion.
20934 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20935 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20937 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20939 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20940 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20945 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20946 This will modify the current buffer.
20950 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20951 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20955 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20956 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20957 This will modify the current buffer.
20961 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20962 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20966 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20967 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20971 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20972 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20973 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20974 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20975 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20977 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20979 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20980 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22230 48822 938218 0))
20987 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20989 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20990 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20991 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20992 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20994 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20996 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20998 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20999 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21000 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21001 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21002 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21003 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21006 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21008 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21009 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21010 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21011 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21012 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21013 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21014 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21015 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21017 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21019 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21020 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21021 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21022 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21023 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21024 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21025 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21028 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21030 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21031 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21032 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21033 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21034 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21035 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21036 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21038 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21040 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21041 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21042 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21044 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21046 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21047 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21048 A value of nil means never do it.
21049 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21050 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21051 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21053 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21055 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21056 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21057 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22230 48822
21063 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21065 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21066 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22266
21071 ;;;;;; 10298 461370 0))
21072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21073 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21074 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21075 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21076 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21077 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21078 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21080 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21081 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21082 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21083 Tab indents for Perl code.
21084 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21085 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21086 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21088 Variables controlling indentation style:
21089 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21090 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21091 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21092 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21093 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21094 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21095 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21097 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21098 `perl-indent-level'
21099 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21100 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21101 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21102 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21103 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21104 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21105 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21106 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21107 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21108 `perl-brace-offset'
21109 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21110 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21111 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21112 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21113 `perl-label-offset'
21114 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21115 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21116 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21118 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21119 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21120 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21121 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21122 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21123 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21124 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21126 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22266 10298
21134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21136 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21137 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21138 \\<picture-mode-map>
21139 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21140 afterwards settable by these commands:
21142 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21143 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21144 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21145 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21147 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21148 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21149 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21150 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21152 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21153 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21154 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21155 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21157 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21158 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21159 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21160 with these commands:
21162 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21163 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21164 Move to column following last
21165 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21166 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21167 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21168 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21169 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21170 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21172 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21174 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21175 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21176 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21177 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21178 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21179 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21181 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21182 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21183 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21184 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21185 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21186 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21187 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21189 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21190 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21191 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21192 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21193 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21194 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21195 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21196 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21198 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21199 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21200 by supplying an argument.
21202 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21204 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21205 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21209 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22261 18214 518021
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21216 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21218 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21219 Start a Pinentry service.
21221 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21222 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21224 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21227 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22290 3771 222246
21233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21235 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21236 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21238 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21240 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21241 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22230 48822 919218
21249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21251 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21252 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21253 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21255 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22230 48822 861219 0))
21260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21262 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21263 Play pong and waste time.
21264 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21265 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21267 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22290 3771 222246 185000))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21278 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21279 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21280 Use streaming commands.
21282 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22230 48822 695219
21288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21290 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21291 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21292 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21293 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21295 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21297 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21298 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21302 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21303 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21304 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21305 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21306 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21308 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21310 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21311 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21312 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21314 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21317 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21319 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21322 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21323 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21324 Ignores leading comment characters.
21328 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21329 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21330 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21331 Ignores leading comment characters.
21337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22230 48822 863219
21339 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21340 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21342 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21343 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21345 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21347 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21351 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21352 Preview directory using ghostview.
21354 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21355 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21356 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21357 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21359 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21360 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21361 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21362 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21363 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21366 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21368 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21370 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21371 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21373 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21374 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21375 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21376 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21378 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21379 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21380 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21381 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21382 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21385 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21387 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21390 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21392 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21393 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21394 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21395 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21397 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21398 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21399 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21400 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21401 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21404 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21406 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21408 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21409 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21411 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21413 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21414 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21415 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21416 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21418 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21419 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21420 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21421 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21422 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21425 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21427 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21430 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21432 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21433 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21434 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21436 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21437 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21438 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21439 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21441 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21443 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21444 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21446 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21447 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21448 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21451 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21452 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21453 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21455 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21457 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21458 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21460 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21461 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21462 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21464 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21465 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21466 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21467 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21469 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21471 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21472 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21474 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21476 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21477 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21478 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21480 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21481 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21482 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21483 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21485 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21488 Preview region using ghostview.
21490 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21492 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21495 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21497 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21499 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21501 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21502 Print region using PostScript printer.
21504 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21506 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21509 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21511 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21513 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21515 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21516 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21518 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21520 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21523 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21525 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21527 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21529 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21530 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21532 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21534 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21537 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21539 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21541 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21543 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21544 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21545 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21546 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21548 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21551 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21552 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21554 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21556 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21559 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21560 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21561 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21565 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21566 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21567 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21568 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21572 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21573 Print directory using text printer.
21575 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21578 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21579 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21581 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21583 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21585 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21586 Print buffer using text printer.
21590 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21591 Print region using text printer.
21595 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21596 Print major mode using text printer.
21600 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21601 Preview spooled PostScript.
21603 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21604 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21605 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21607 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21608 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21609 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21611 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21613 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21614 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21616 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21617 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21618 instead of sending it to the printer.
21620 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21621 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21622 image in a file with that name.
21624 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21627 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21629 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21630 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21631 instead of sending it to the printer.
21633 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21634 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21635 image in a file with that name.
21637 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21639 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21640 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21642 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21643 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21644 instead of sending it to the printer.
21646 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21647 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21648 image in a file with that name.
21650 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21653 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21655 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21658 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21660 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21663 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21665 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21667 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21668 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21670 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21673 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21675 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21678 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21680 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21681 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21682 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21683 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21685 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21686 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21687 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21688 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21689 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21690 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21693 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21696 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21700 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21701 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21703 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21705 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21710 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21711 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21715 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21716 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21720 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21721 Toggle printing with faces.
21725 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21730 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21735 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21738 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21740 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21745 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21750 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21751 Toggle upside-down.
21755 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21756 Toggle line number.
21760 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21761 Toggle zebra stripes.
21765 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21766 Toggle printing header.
21770 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21771 Toggle printing header frame.
21775 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21780 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21781 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21785 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21790 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21791 Customization of the `printing' group.
21793 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21796 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21798 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21800 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21801 Help for the printing package.
21803 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21805 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21806 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21810 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21811 Interactively select a text printer.
21815 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21816 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21820 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21821 Show current ps-print settings.
21823 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21825 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21826 Show current printing settings.
21828 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21830 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21831 Show current lpr settings.
21833 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21835 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21836 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21838 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21839 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21840 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21841 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21844 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21846 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21847 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21848 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21850 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21851 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21852 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21853 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21854 current active printer.
21856 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21857 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21858 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21861 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21862 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21863 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21864 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21865 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21868 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21869 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21871 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21873 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21874 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21875 be done using the new current active printer.
21877 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21878 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21881 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21882 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21883 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21884 instead of sending it to the printer.
21886 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21887 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21890 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21893 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21896 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21898 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21899 Fast fire function for text printing.
21901 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21902 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21903 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21904 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21906 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21907 user for a new active text printer.
21909 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21911 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21913 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21914 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21917 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21919 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21922 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22290 3771 284245 784000))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21929 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21930 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21931 \\<proced-mode-map>
21932 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21933 the process information.
21935 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21937 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22230 48822 863219
21946 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21948 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21949 Start/restart profilers.
21950 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21951 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21952 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21956 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21957 Open profile FILENAME.
21959 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21961 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21962 Open profile FILENAME.
21964 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21966 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21967 Open profile FILENAME.
21969 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22298 5692
21974 ;;;;;; 412287 950000))
21975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21977 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21978 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21979 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21980 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
21981 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
21982 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
21984 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21986 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21987 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21988 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21989 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21993 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21994 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21995 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21996 pattern to search for.
21998 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22000 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22001 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22002 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22007 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22008 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22009 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22290 3781
22017 ;;;;;; 432180 198000))
22018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22020 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22021 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22023 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22024 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22026 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22028 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22029 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22032 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22036 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22037 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22038 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22042 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22043 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22044 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22230 48822 900219 0))
22051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22053 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22054 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22055 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22057 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22290 3771
22062 ;;;;;; 299245 687000))
22063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22064 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22066 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22067 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22069 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22071 The following variables hold user options, and can
22072 be set through the `customize' command:
22075 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22076 `ps-mode-print-function'
22078 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22082 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22085 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22091 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22092 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22093 The keymap for this second window is:
22095 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22098 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22099 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22100 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22101 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22102 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22290 3771 311245
22110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22111 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22113 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22114 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22115 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22117 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22119 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22120 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22121 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22122 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22124 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22126 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22127 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22131 nil Do not print colors.
22135 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22136 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22138 Any other value is treated as t.")
22140 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22142 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22143 Customization of ps-print group.
22147 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22148 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22150 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22151 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22152 sending it to the printer.
22154 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22155 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22156 image in a file with that name.
22158 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22160 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22161 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22162 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22163 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22164 so it has a way to determine color values.
22166 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22168 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22169 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22170 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22172 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22174 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22175 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22176 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22177 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22178 so it has a way to determine color values.
22180 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22182 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22183 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22184 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22185 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22187 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22191 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22192 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22193 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22194 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22195 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22197 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22201 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22202 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22203 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22205 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22207 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22209 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22210 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22211 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22212 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22213 so it has a way to determine color values.
22215 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22220 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22222 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22223 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22224 instead of sending it to the printer.
22226 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22227 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22228 image in a file with that name.
22230 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22232 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22233 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22234 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22235 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22236 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22240 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22241 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22242 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22244 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22246 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22247 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22248 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22250 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22252 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22253 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22257 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22258 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22260 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22261 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22263 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22264 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22266 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22268 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22270 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22272 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22273 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22275 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22276 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22278 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22279 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22281 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22283 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22285 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22287 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22288 foreground and background colors respectively.
22290 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22291 bold - use bold font.
22292 italic - use italic font.
22293 underline - put a line under text.
22294 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22295 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22296 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22297 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22298 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22300 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22302 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22230 48822 660220
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22309 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22311 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22312 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22313 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22315 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22317 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22318 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22319 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22321 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22290 3781
22326 ;;;;;; 432180 198000))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22328 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22330 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22332 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22334 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22335 Run an inferior Python process.
22337 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22338 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22339 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22340 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22341 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22343 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22344 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22345 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22346 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22348 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22349 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22350 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22352 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22354 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22355 Major mode for editing Python files.
22357 \\{python-mode-map}
22363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22290 3771 222246 185000))
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22366 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22367 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22368 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22371 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22372 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22374 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22375 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22376 them into characters should be done separately.
22378 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22230 48822
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22386 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22387 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22391 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22392 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22393 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22395 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22396 `quail-activate', which see.
22398 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22400 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22401 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22402 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22403 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22404 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22405 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22406 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22408 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22409 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22410 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22411 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22412 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22414 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22416 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22417 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22418 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22419 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22420 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22421 list of candidates.
22423 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22424 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22425 command to be called.
22427 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22428 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22429 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22430 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22432 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22433 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22434 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22435 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22436 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22439 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22440 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22441 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22442 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22444 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22445 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22446 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22447 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22448 defines no translations for single character keys.
22450 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22451 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22452 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22453 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22454 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22455 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22457 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22458 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22459 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22460 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22461 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22462 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22464 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22465 covers Quail translation region.
22467 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22468 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22469 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22470 for it) is inserted.
22472 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22473 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22474 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22476 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22477 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22478 non-Quail commands.
22480 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22482 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22483 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22485 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22486 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22487 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22488 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22489 you type is correctly handled.
22491 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22493 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22494 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22496 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22499 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22501 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22502 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22503 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22504 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22505 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22506 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22507 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22508 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22509 for the translation.
22510 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22512 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22513 it is used to handle KEY.
22515 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22516 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22517 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22518 the following annotation types are supported.
22520 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22521 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22523 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22526 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22527 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22528 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22531 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22532 generated for the following translations.
22534 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22536 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22537 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22539 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22540 which to install MAP.
22542 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22544 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22546 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22547 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22549 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22550 which to install MAP.
22552 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22554 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22556 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22557 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22558 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22559 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22560 a function, or a cons.
22561 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22562 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22563 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22564 for the translation.
22565 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22566 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22567 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22568 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22569 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22571 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22572 it is used to handle KEY.
22574 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22575 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22576 current Quail package.
22578 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22579 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22581 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22583 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22584 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22586 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22587 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22589 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22591 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22592 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22594 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22596 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22597 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22598 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22599 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22600 of the Emacs source tree.
22602 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22603 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22605 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22606 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22609 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22230
22614 ;;;;;; 48822 782219 0))
22615 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22617 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22618 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22619 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22620 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22622 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22627 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 785219 0))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22630 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22631 Activate UCS input method.
22632 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22634 While this input method is active, the variable
22635 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22637 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22266 10298 427370
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22645 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22646 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22647 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22648 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22650 To make use of this do something like:
22652 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22654 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22656 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22657 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22659 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22660 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22661 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22663 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22665 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22666 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22668 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22670 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22671 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22673 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22676 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22679 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22681 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22682 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22683 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22685 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22687 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22688 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22690 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22692 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22693 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22697 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22698 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22700 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22702 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22706 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22707 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22290 3771 254245 978000))
22714 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22716 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22717 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22719 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22721 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22725 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22727 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22730 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22732 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22733 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22734 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22737 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22739 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22741 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22742 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22745 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22230
22752 ;;;;;; 48822 695219 0))
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22755 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22757 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22758 Construct a regexp interactively.
22759 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22760 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22761 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22763 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22764 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22230 48822 901219
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22774 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22775 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22776 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22779 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22781 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22783 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22784 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22786 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22787 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22789 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22790 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22791 were operated on recently.
22793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22298 5692 418287 925000))
22798 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22800 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22801 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22802 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22803 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22806 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22807 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22810 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22812 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22813 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22814 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22816 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22817 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22820 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22822 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22823 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22824 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22826 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22828 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22829 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22831 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22832 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22834 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22837 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22838 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22839 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22840 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22843 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22845 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22846 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22850 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22851 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22855 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22856 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22857 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22858 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22859 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22860 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22861 and point is at the lower right corner.
22863 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22865 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22866 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22868 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22869 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22871 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22872 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22873 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22875 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22877 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22879 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22880 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22881 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22882 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22883 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22885 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22886 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22888 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22890 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22891 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22892 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22894 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22896 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22898 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22900 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22901 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22903 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22904 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22905 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22907 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22909 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22910 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22911 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22913 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22914 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22915 rectangle which were empty.
22917 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22919 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22920 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22922 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22923 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22924 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22925 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22927 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22929 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22930 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22931 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22230 48822
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22941 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22942 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22947 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22948 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22949 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22952 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22290 3771
22959 ;;;;;; 326245 513000))
22960 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22961 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22962 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22963 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22964 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22966 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22967 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22971 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22972 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22974 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22975 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22977 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22978 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22979 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22982 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22983 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22984 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22986 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22987 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22988 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22990 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22991 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22993 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22994 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22996 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22997 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23004 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23005 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23006 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22230
23013 ;;;;;; 48822 921218 0))
23014 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23015 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23016 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23017 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23018 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22230
23023 ;;;;;; 48822 695219 0))
23024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23026 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23027 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23028 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23029 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23030 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23031 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23033 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23034 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23036 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23038 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23039 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23041 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23043 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23044 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23045 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23046 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23048 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22230 48822 696219
23054 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23055 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22230 48822
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23062 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23064 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23065 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23066 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23067 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23069 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23071 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23073 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23074 Call `remember' in another frame.
23076 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23078 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23079 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23080 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23084 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23085 Extract diary entries from the region.
23089 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23090 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23091 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23092 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23094 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23096 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23097 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23098 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23101 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23103 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23106 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23107 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23108 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23110 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22230 48822 902219 0))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23116 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23118 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23119 Repeat most recently executed command.
23120 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23121 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23122 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23124 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23125 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23126 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23127 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23129 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23130 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23131 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23133 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22230 48822
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23141 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23142 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23144 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23145 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23146 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23147 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23148 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23149 and point is left after the salutation.
23151 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23152 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23153 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23154 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23155 left after that text.
23157 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23160 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23161 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23162 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23163 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23165 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22230 48822 903219
23171 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23173 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23174 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23175 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23176 visibility of comments that precede it.
23177 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23178 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23179 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23180 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23181 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23182 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23183 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23184 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23186 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23187 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23188 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23189 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23190 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22230 48822 903219 0))
23197 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23199 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23200 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23203 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23205 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23206 reveals invisible text around point.
23208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23210 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23211 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23212 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23214 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23215 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23217 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23219 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23220 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23221 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22230 48822 696219
23233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23235 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23236 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23240 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23241 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23243 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22230 48822 812219
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23251 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23252 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23253 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23254 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23256 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23258 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23259 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23260 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23261 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23263 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23264 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23266 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23267 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23269 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23270 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23273 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23274 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23275 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23276 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23277 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23279 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23280 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23281 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23282 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23284 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23285 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23288 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22290 3771 244246
23294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23296 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23297 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23299 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23301 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23303 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23304 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23305 Its name should end with a slash.")
23307 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23308 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23310 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23311 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23312 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23314 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23316 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23317 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23318 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23319 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23320 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23321 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23322 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23324 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23325 sent by you under different user names.
23326 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23328 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23330 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23332 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23334 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23335 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23336 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23339 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23341 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23342 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23343 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23344 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23345 which normally happens once for each message,
23346 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23347 To make a change in this variable take effect
23348 for a message that you have already viewed,
23349 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23351 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23353 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23354 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23355 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23356 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23358 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23360 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23361 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23363 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23365 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23366 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23367 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23369 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23371 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23372 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23373 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23374 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23375 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23376 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23378 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23380 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23381 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23383 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23385 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23386 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23388 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23390 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23391 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23393 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23394 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23396 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23398 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23399 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23401 This is set to nil by default.")
23403 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23404 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23405 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23406 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23407 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23408 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23409 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23411 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23412 Read and edit incoming mail.
23413 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23414 file in RMAIL Mode.
23415 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23417 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23418 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23419 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23420 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23422 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23424 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23426 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23427 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23428 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23429 Instead, these commands are available:
23431 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23432 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23433 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23434 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23435 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23436 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23437 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23438 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23439 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23440 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23441 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23442 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23443 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23444 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23445 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23446 till a deleted message is found.
23447 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23448 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23449 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23450 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23451 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23452 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23453 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23454 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23455 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23456 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23457 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23458 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23459 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23460 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23461 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23462 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23463 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23464 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23465 (label defaults to last one specified).
23466 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23467 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23468 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23469 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23470 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23471 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23472 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23473 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23474 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23478 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23479 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23481 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23483 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23484 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23486 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22230 48822
23492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23493 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23495 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23496 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23497 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23498 case it writes Babyl.
23500 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23501 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23502 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23503 `rmail-default-file'.
23505 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23506 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23507 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23509 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23510 the header display is currently pruned.
23512 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23513 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23514 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23515 messages after output.
23517 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23518 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23519 message (if writing a file directly).
23521 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23522 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23524 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23526 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23527 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23528 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23529 i) the header is output as currently seen
23530 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23531 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23533 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23534 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23535 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23537 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23539 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23540 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23541 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23542 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23543 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23544 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23545 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23547 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23548 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23549 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23551 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22290 3771
23556 ;;;;;; 263245 920000))
23557 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23559 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23560 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23563 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22290 3771 264245
23569 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23571 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23572 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23573 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23574 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22290 3771
23581 ;;;;;; 264245 913000))
23582 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23584 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23585 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23587 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23588 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23589 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23590 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23591 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23592 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23593 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23594 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23595 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23596 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23598 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23599 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23600 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23601 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23602 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23603 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23604 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23605 to use for finding the schema.
23607 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22290 3771 264245
23613 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23615 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23617 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23618 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23619 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23620 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23621 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23622 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23623 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23624 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23625 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23626 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23627 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23628 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23629 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23630 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23631 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23632 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23635 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22230 48822
23641 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23643 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23644 Define a robin package.
23646 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23647 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23648 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23649 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23651 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23652 one replaces the old one.
23654 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23656 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23657 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23659 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23660 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23661 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23663 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23665 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23666 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23668 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22230 48822 903219 0))
23673 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23675 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23676 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23678 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23680 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23681 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23683 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23685 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23686 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23690 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23691 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23692 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23694 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23695 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23698 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23702 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23703 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22230 48822 923218
23711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23714 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23715 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23718 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23719 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23726 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23727 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23729 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23730 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23732 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23733 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23734 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22266
23741 ;;;;;; 10298 462370 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23743 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23745 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23746 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23752 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23754 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22230 48822 903219
23760 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23761 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23763 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23764 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23765 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23767 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23768 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23770 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23771 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22230 48822 696219
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23781 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23782 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23783 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23784 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23786 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23788 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23789 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23790 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23792 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23793 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23794 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23796 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23800 matches string STRING literally.
23803 matches character CHAR literally.
23805 `not-newline', `nonl'
23806 matches any character except a newline.
23809 matches any character
23814 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23815 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23816 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23818 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23819 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23820 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23821 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23823 `(not (any SET ...))'
23824 matches any character not in SET ...
23826 `line-start', `bol'
23827 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23828 in the text being matched
23831 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23833 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23834 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23835 string being matched against.
23837 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23838 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23839 string being matched against.
23842 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23843 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23846 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23847 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23850 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23852 `word-start', `bow'
23853 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23856 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23859 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23862 `(not word-boundary)'
23863 `not-word-boundary'
23864 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23868 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23871 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23873 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23874 matches 0 through 9.
23877 matches ASCII control characters.
23879 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23880 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23883 matches space and tab only.
23886 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23887 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23888 unassigned by Unicode.
23890 `printing', `print'
23891 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23893 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23894 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23895 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23897 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23898 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23899 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23902 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23905 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23907 `lower', `lower-case'
23908 matches anything lower-case.
23910 `upper', `upper-case'
23911 matches anything upper-case.
23913 `punctuation', `punct'
23914 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23915 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23917 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23918 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23921 matches anything that has word syntax.
23924 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23927 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23928 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23929 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23931 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23932 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23935 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23936 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23937 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23938 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23939 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23941 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23942 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23943 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23944 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23945 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23947 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23948 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23950 `(category CATEGORY)'
23951 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23952 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23954 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23955 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23956 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23957 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23961 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23962 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23963 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23964 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23965 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23966 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23967 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23968 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23969 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23970 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23971 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23972 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23973 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23974 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23983 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23987 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23989 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23994 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23995 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23997 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23998 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23999 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24000 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24001 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24003 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24004 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24005 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24006 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24008 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24009 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24010 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24013 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24014 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24015 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24016 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24017 regular expression.
24019 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24020 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24021 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24022 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24023 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24025 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24026 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24028 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24029 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24031 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24033 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24036 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24037 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24040 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24041 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24043 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24045 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24048 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24051 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24053 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24054 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24056 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24059 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24062 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24066 matches N occurrences.
24069 matches N or more occurrences.
24071 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24072 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24073 matches N to M occurrences.
24076 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24079 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24083 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24085 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22230 48822
24091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24092 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22230 48822 903219
24098 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24099 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24101 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24102 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24103 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24106 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24108 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24110 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24111 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24116 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24117 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24118 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24119 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24121 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24122 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24123 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22266 10298 479370
24131 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24133 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24134 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24135 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24138 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24140 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24142 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24143 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24144 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24145 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24149 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24150 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24151 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24152 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24153 even in a later Emacs session.
24155 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24156 the argument is positive.
24158 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24161 \(save-place-mode 1)
24163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22290 3771
24168 ;;;;;; 302245 668000))
24169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24171 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24172 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24173 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24175 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24176 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24177 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24178 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24179 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24180 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24181 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24182 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24185 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24186 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24187 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24191 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24192 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24193 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24196 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24197 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24198 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24199 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24200 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24201 that variable's value is a string.
24207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22230 48822
24209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24211 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24212 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24213 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24215 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22230 48822 903219
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24225 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24226 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24227 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24230 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24232 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24234 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24235 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24236 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24237 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24238 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24240 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24241 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22230 48822
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24251 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24252 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24254 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24255 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24256 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24257 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24258 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22230 48822 812219
24266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24267 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24268 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22230 48822
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24275 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24277 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24278 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24279 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24281 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24282 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24283 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24284 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24285 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24286 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24287 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24288 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24289 keybinding for tag names.
24290 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24291 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24292 of the symbol under point.
24293 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24294 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24295 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24296 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24297 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24299 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24301 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24303 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24304 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24305 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24308 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24310 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24312 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24313 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24316 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24318 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24319 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24320 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24321 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24324 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24331 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 662220 0))
24332 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24334 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24335 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24342 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 671220 0))
24343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24345 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24346 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22266 10298
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24356 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24357 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24359 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24361 If `parens', they look like:
24362 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24363 If `angles', they look like:
24364 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24366 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24367 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24369 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24371 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24372 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24373 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24374 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24376 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24377 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24378 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24379 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24381 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24383 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24384 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24385 This is done when the message is initialized,
24386 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24388 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24390 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24391 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24392 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24394 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24396 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24397 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24398 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24399 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24400 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24401 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24402 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24404 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24406 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24407 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24409 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24411 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24412 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24413 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24416 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24418 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24419 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24420 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24421 when you first send mail.")
24423 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24425 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24426 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24427 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24428 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24429 This file need not actually exist.")
24431 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24433 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24434 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24436 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24438 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24439 Alist of mail address aliases,
24440 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24441 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24442 can specify a different file name.)
24443 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24444 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24446 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24447 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24448 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24450 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24452 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24453 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24454 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24456 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24458 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24459 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24460 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24461 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24462 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24463 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24464 in the cited portion of the message.
24466 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24467 instead of no action.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24471 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24472 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24473 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24474 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24475 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24477 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24479 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24480 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24481 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24482 If a string, that string is inserted.
24483 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24484 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24485 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24486 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24488 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24490 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24491 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24493 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24495 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24496 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24497 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24499 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24500 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24502 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24504 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24505 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24506 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24507 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24509 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24511 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24512 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24513 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24517 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24519 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24522 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24524 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24525 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24526 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24528 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24529 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24531 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24532 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24533 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24534 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24535 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24536 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24537 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24538 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24539 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24540 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24541 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24542 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24543 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24544 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24548 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24549 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24550 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24551 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24553 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24555 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24556 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24557 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24558 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24559 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24560 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24562 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24563 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24564 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24566 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24567 User should not set this variable manually,
24568 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24569 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24570 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24572 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24573 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24574 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24575 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24577 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24578 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24581 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24583 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24584 to move to message header fields:
24587 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24588 when the message is initialized.
24590 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24591 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24593 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24596 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24597 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24599 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24600 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24601 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24602 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24603 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24604 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24605 buffer without erasing the contents.
24607 The second through fifth arguments,
24608 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24609 the initial contents of those header fields.
24610 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24611 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24612 original message being replied to, or else an action
24613 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24614 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24615 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24616 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24617 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24618 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24620 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24622 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24623 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24625 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24627 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24628 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24630 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22290 3781 417180
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24637 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22230 48822 904219 0))
24642 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24644 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24646 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24648 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24650 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24651 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24652 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24653 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24654 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24655 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24657 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24658 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24660 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24661 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24662 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24664 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24667 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24669 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24670 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24671 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24672 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24674 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24676 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24677 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24678 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24681 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24683 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24685 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24686 Toggle Server mode.
24687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24689 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24691 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24692 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24693 `server-start' for details.
24695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24697 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24698 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24699 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24701 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24702 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24704 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22290 3771 312245 603000))
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24711 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24712 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24714 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24715 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24716 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24717 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24718 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24720 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24721 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24722 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24723 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24724 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24725 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24727 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24730 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24731 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24732 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24734 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24735 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24737 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24738 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24741 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24743 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24744 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24746 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22290
24753 ;;;;;; 3771 326245 513000))
24754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24756 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24757 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24759 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24762 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24763 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24764 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24766 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24769 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24771 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24772 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24777 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24778 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24779 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24780 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24781 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24782 which this is based.
24784 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24786 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24787 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24788 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24789 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24791 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24792 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24793 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24795 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24796 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24797 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24798 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24800 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24801 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24802 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24803 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24805 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24807 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24808 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24809 To work around that, do:
24810 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22298
24819 ;;;;;; 5692 413287 946000))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24821 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24822 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24824 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24825 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24826 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24827 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24828 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24829 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24831 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24832 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24833 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24834 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24835 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24837 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24838 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24839 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24841 \\[sh-case] case statement
24842 \\[sh-for] for loop
24843 \\[sh-function] function definition
24844 \\[sh-if] if statement
24845 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24846 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24847 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24848 \\[sh-select] select loop
24849 \\[sh-until] until loop
24850 \\[sh-while] while loop
24852 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24853 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24854 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24855 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24856 would indent to the way it currently is.
24857 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24858 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24861 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24862 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24863 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24864 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24865 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24867 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24868 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24869 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24871 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24872 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24873 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24875 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24876 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24880 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22230 48822
24886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24888 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24889 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24891 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24892 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24893 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24895 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24896 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24897 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24898 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24901 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24903 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24905 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24906 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24907 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24909 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24910 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24912 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24913 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24914 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24915 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24916 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24917 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24918 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24921 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24922 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24923 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24924 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24925 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24927 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24928 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24930 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22230 48822 905219
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24938 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24939 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24940 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24941 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24942 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24943 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24944 sites in the cluster.
24948 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24949 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24950 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24951 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24952 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24956 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24957 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24958 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24959 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24960 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24961 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24962 `shadow-define-cluster').
24966 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24967 Set up file shadowing.
24973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22230 48822 905219 0))
24974 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24976 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24977 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24978 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24979 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24980 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24983 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24985 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24986 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24987 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24988 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24989 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24991 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24992 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24993 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24994 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24995 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24996 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24997 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24998 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24999 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25000 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25001 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25003 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25004 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25005 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25006 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25007 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25008 `default-process-coding-system'.
25010 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25011 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25012 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25013 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25015 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25017 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22290 3771 255245 972000))
25022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25024 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25025 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25027 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25029 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25030 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25031 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25032 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25034 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22290 3771 223246
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25042 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25045 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25047 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25050 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25052 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25055 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25057 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25060 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22290 3771
25065 ;;;;;; 223246 178000))
25066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25068 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25069 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25070 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25071 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25072 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25074 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22266 10298
25082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25084 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25085 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25086 \\{simula-mode-map}
25087 Variables controlling indentation style:
25088 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25089 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25090 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25091 `simula-indent-level'
25092 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25093 `simula-substatement-offset'
25094 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25095 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25096 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25097 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25098 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25099 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25100 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25101 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25102 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25103 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25104 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25105 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25106 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25107 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25108 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25109 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25110 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25111 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25112 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25113 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25114 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25115 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25116 or nil if they should not be changed.
25117 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25118 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25119 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25120 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25122 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25123 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22266 10298 480370
25131 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25133 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25134 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25136 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25137 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25138 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25139 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25141 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25143 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25145 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25147 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25148 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25149 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25150 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25151 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25153 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25154 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25156 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25158 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25159 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25161 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25162 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25163 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25164 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25166 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25167 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25168 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25169 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25171 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25172 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25173 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25175 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25176 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25178 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25179 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25181 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25182 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25184 _ interesting point, interregion here
25185 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25186 interesting point set by _
25187 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25188 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25189 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25190 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25191 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25192 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25195 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25196 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25198 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25199 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25200 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25201 as the first element when at bol.
25203 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25204 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25205 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25206 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25207 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25208 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25209 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25210 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25212 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25213 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25214 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25215 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25216 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25219 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25220 then: insert previously read string once more
25221 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25222 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25223 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25225 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25226 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25228 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25230 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25231 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25233 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25234 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25235 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25236 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25237 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25240 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25241 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25242 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25243 twice for the others.
25249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22290 3771
25250 ;;;;;; 334245 461000))
25251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25253 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25254 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25255 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25258 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25260 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25261 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25263 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25264 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25265 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25269 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25270 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25271 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22290 3771 223246
25279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25281 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25282 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25283 A list of images is returned.
25285 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25287 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25288 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25289 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25291 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22230 48822
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25299 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25304 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25305 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22290 3771 283245
25313 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25315 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25316 Play the Snake game.
25317 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25319 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25321 Snake mode keybindings:
25323 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25324 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25325 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25326 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25327 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25328 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25329 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22230 48822
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25339 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25340 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25341 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25342 Tab indents for C code.
25343 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25344 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25346 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25351 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25352 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25353 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25354 Tab indents for C code.
25355 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25356 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25358 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25359 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22290 3771
25366 ;;;;;; 255245 972000))
25367 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25368 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22290 3781 413180
25374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25376 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25377 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25378 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25379 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25380 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25382 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22230 48822
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25392 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25395 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25396 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25397 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25398 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25399 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25400 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25401 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25402 check after each move or undo.)
25406 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25407 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25408 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25427 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25428 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25429 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25430 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25432 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25433 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25434 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25437 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25438 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25440 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25456 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25458 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22230 48822 907219 0))
25465 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25466 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25468 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25469 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25471 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25472 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25473 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25474 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25477 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25478 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25479 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25482 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25483 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25485 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25486 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25487 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25488 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25491 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25492 It should move point to the end of the record.
25494 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25495 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25496 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25497 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25498 starts at the beginning of the record.
25500 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25501 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25504 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25505 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25506 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25507 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25508 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25509 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25510 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25512 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25514 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25515 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25516 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25517 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25518 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25521 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25523 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25524 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25525 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25526 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25527 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25530 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25532 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25533 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25534 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25535 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25536 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25539 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25540 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25542 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25543 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25544 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25545 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25546 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25547 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25548 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25549 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25550 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25552 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25554 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25555 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25556 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25557 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25558 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25559 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25560 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25563 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25565 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25566 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25567 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25568 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25570 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25571 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25573 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25574 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25575 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25576 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25577 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25578 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25579 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25580 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25582 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25584 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25587 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25588 starting with the letter \"f\",
25589 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25591 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25593 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25594 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25595 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25596 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25597 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25598 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25599 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25602 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25603 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25604 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25605 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25606 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25608 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25611 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25612 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25614 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25616 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25617 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25618 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25619 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25620 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25621 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25622 each repeated line.
25624 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25625 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25626 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25627 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25629 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25630 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25632 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25633 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25635 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22290 3771 224246 172000))
25640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25642 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25643 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25644 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25645 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25646 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25647 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25649 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22290
25654 ;;;;;; 3771 223246 178000))
25655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25657 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25658 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25660 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25661 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25662 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25664 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25666 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25667 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25668 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25671 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25673 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25674 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25675 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25677 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25679 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25680 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25681 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25682 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25687 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25688 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25689 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25690 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22230 48822 908219
25698 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25700 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25702 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25703 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25704 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25705 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25706 supported at a time.
25707 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25708 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25712 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25713 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25714 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25715 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22230 48822 862219
25723 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25725 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25726 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25730 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25731 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22230 48822 893219
25739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25740 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25742 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25743 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25745 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25746 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25747 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25748 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25749 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25750 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25751 of the current highlighting list.
25755 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25756 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25758 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25759 `_t' as data types.
25761 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25763 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25764 Major mode to edit SQL.
25766 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25767 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25768 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25771 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25773 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25774 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25775 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25776 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25777 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25778 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25780 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25781 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25783 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25784 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25785 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25787 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25789 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25793 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25794 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25796 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25799 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25800 is specified in the connection settings.
25802 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25804 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25805 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25807 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25808 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25810 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25811 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25812 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25813 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25815 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25817 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25819 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25820 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25822 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25823 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25826 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25827 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25828 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25829 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25831 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25832 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25834 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25835 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25836 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25839 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25840 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25841 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25842 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25843 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25844 `default-process-coding-system'.
25846 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25848 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25850 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25851 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25853 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25854 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25857 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25858 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25859 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25860 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25862 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25863 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25865 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25866 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25867 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25870 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25871 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25872 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25873 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25874 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25875 `default-process-coding-system'.
25877 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25879 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25882 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25884 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25885 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25888 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25889 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25891 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25892 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25894 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25895 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25896 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25899 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25900 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25901 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25902 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25903 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25904 `default-process-coding-system'.
25906 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25908 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25911 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25913 SQLite is free software.
25915 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25916 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25919 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25920 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25921 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25922 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25924 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25925 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25927 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25928 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25929 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25932 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25933 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25934 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25935 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25936 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25937 `default-process-coding-system'.
25939 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25941 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25943 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25944 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25946 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25948 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25949 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25952 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25953 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25954 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25955 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25957 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25958 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25960 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25961 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25962 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25965 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25966 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25967 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25968 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25969 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25970 `default-process-coding-system'.
25972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25974 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25976 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25977 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25979 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25980 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25983 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25984 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25987 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25988 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25990 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25991 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25992 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25995 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25996 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25997 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25998 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25999 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26000 `default-process-coding-system'.
26002 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26004 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26006 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26007 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26009 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26010 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26013 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26014 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26016 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26017 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26019 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26020 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26021 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26024 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26025 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26026 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26027 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26028 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26029 `default-process-coding-system'.
26031 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26033 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26035 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26036 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26038 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26039 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26042 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26043 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26044 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26045 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26047 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26048 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26050 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26051 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26052 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26055 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26056 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26057 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26058 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26059 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26060 `default-process-coding-system'.
26062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26064 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26066 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26067 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26069 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26070 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26073 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26074 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26075 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26076 `sql-postgres-options'.
26078 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26081 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26082 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26083 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26086 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26087 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26088 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26089 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26090 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26091 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26092 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26093 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26095 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26096 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26098 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26100 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26102 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26103 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26105 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26106 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26109 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26110 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26113 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26114 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26116 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26117 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26118 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26121 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26122 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26123 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26124 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26125 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26126 `default-process-coding-system'.
26128 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26130 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26132 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26133 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26139 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26142 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26143 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26145 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26146 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26147 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26148 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26150 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26151 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26152 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26155 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26156 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26157 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26158 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26159 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26160 `default-process-coding-system'.
26162 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26164 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26166 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26167 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26169 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26170 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26173 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26174 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26175 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26176 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26179 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26180 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26181 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26182 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26185 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26186 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26188 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26189 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26190 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26193 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26195 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26197 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26198 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26200 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22230 48822 671220
26206 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26207 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26212 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 673220 0))
26213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26215 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26216 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26220 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22290 3771 224246
26226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26228 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26229 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26230 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26231 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26232 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26233 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26234 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26235 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26236 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26237 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26239 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26240 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26241 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26242 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26244 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22230 48822 909219
26250 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26252 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26253 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26254 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26255 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26256 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26257 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26259 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26261 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26263 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26264 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26265 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26266 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26267 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26268 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26269 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26271 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26273 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26274 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26275 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26276 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26277 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26278 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26279 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26281 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26283 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26284 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26285 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26289 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26290 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26291 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26293 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26296 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26298 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26300 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26301 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26305 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26306 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26310 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26311 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26312 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26314 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26316 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26318 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26319 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26320 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26323 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26325 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26327 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26328 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26331 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26333 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26334 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26335 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26336 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26337 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26339 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26340 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26341 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26342 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26344 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26349 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26350 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26351 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26353 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26355 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26356 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22290 3781 426180
26364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26366 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26367 Studlify-case the region.
26369 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26371 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26372 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26374 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26376 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26377 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22230 48822
26385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26387 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26389 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26390 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26395 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26396 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26397 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26398 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26400 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26401 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26402 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26404 Nomenclature Subwords
26405 ===========================================================
26406 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26407 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26408 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26410 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26411 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26413 \\{subword-mode-map}
26415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26417 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26418 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26419 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26422 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26424 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26426 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26427 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26428 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26429 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26430 ARG is omitted or nil.
26432 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26433 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26434 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26438 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26439 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26444 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26445 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26446 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26447 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26449 \\{superword-mode-map}
26451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26453 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26454 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26455 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26456 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26457 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26458 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26460 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26462 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26463 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26464 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26465 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26466 ARG is omitted or nil.
26468 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26469 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26470 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22230 48822
26478 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26480 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26481 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26482 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26483 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26484 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26485 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26486 original message but it does require a few things:
26488 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26490 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26493 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26494 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26497 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26499 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26501 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26502 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26503 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22261 18214 533020
26511 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26513 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26515 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26516 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26517 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26520 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26522 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26524 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26525 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26530 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26531 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26532 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26534 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26535 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26536 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22230 48822 910219 0))
26543 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26545 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26546 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26547 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26550 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26551 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26552 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26554 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26556 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26557 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26558 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26559 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26560 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26563 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26564 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26565 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26567 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22230 48822 924218
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26575 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26576 Insert an editable text table.
26577 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26578 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26579 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26580 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26581 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26582 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26587 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26589 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26594 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26595 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26596 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26597 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26600 +-----+-----+-----+
26602 +-----+-----+-----+
26604 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26606 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26607 width, which results as
26609 +--------------+-----+-----+
26611 +--------------+-----+-----+
26613 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26614 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26616 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26620 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26621 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26622 width information to `table-insert'.
26624 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26630 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26633 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26634 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26636 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26641 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26643 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26646 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26649 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26651 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26653 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26656 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26659 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26662 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26663 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26664 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26666 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26669 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26672 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26675 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26677 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26680 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26683 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26684 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26685 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26686 | | |expected results.-!- |
26687 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26692 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26696 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26698 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26699 Insert N table row(s).
26700 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26701 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26702 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26703 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26707 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26708 Insert N table column(s).
26709 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26710 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26711 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26712 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26716 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26717 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26718 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26720 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26722 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26723 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26724 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26725 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26726 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26727 all the table specific features.
26729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26731 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26736 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26737 Recognize all tables within region.
26738 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26739 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26740 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26743 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26745 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26748 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26750 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26751 Recognize a table at point.
26752 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26753 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26754 the table specific features.
26756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26758 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26763 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26764 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26765 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26766 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26767 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26768 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26769 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26771 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26773 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26778 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26779 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26780 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26781 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26782 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26783 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26786 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26788 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26789 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26790 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26791 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26792 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26793 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26794 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26799 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26800 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26801 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26802 table's rectangle structure.
26804 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26807 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26808 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26809 table's rectangle structure.
26813 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26814 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26815 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26816 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26817 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26819 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26821 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26822 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26823 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26825 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26826 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26827 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26828 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26829 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26830 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26831 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26833 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26834 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26835 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26836 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26837 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26838 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26839 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26841 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26842 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26843 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26844 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26845 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26846 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26847 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26848 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26850 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26852 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26853 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26854 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26855 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26859 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26860 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26861 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26863 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26865 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26866 Split current cell vertically.
26867 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26871 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26872 Split current cell horizontally.
26873 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26877 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26878 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26879 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26881 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26883 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26884 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26885 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26886 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26888 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26891 Justify cell contents.
26892 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26893 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26894 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26895 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26897 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26899 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26900 Justify cells of a row.
26901 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26902 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26904 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26906 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26907 Justify cells of a column.
26908 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26909 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26911 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26913 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26914 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26915 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26916 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26917 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26918 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26919 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26920 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26925 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26926 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26927 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26928 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26929 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26930 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26931 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26932 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26933 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26934 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26935 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26937 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26939 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26940 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26941 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26942 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26943 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26944 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26945 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26946 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26947 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26948 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26949 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26950 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26953 References used for this implementation:
26956 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26959 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26961 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26962 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26963 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26965 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26967 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26968 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26969 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26970 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26971 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26972 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26973 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26974 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26975 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26976 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26977 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26978 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26979 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26980 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26981 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26982 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26983 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26988 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26989 (table-forward-cell 15)
26990 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26991 (table-forward-cell 16)
26992 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26993 (table-forward-cell 1)
26994 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26997 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26998 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26999 (table-forward-cell 1)
27000 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27002 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27004 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27005 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27006 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27007 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27008 consists from cells of same height.
27012 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27013 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27014 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27015 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27016 column must consists from cells of same width.
27020 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27021 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27022 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27023 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27024 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27025 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27026 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27027 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27028 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27029 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27030 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27031 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27032 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27033 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27034 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27043 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27044 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27045 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27048 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27050 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27052 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27054 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27058 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27059 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27060 of each row is optional.
27065 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27066 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27067 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27068 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27069 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27071 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27072 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27074 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27075 expression and raw delimiter regular
27076 expression, it parses the specified text
27077 area and extracts cell items from
27078 non-table text and then forms a table out
27081 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27082 creates a single cell table. The text in
27083 the specified region is placed in that
27086 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27089 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27090 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27091 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27093 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27094 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27095 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27096 | area and extracts cell items from |
27097 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27100 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27101 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27102 | the specified region is placed in that |
27104 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27106 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27107 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27110 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27111 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27112 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27113 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27114 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27115 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27116 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27117 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27118 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27120 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27121 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27122 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27123 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27125 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27127 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27128 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27129 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27131 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27133 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27134 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27135 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27136 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27137 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22230 48822 910219 0))
27144 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27146 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27147 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27149 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27151 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27152 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22230 48822 910219
27160 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27162 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27163 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27164 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27165 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27166 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27167 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27168 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27171 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27172 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27173 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27175 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22230 48822 894219
27184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27186 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27187 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27188 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27189 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27190 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27191 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27193 Variables controlling indentation style:
27195 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27196 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27197 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27199 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27200 documentation for details):
27201 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27202 Controls action of TAB key.
27204 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27205 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27206 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27207 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27208 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27210 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27211 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27216 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27217 Run inferior Tcl process.
27218 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27219 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27223 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27224 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27225 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27227 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22230 48822 814219
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27235 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27236 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27237 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27238 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27240 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27241 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27242 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27243 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27244 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27246 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27249 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27250 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27251 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22298 5692 419287 921000))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27260 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27261 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27262 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27263 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27264 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27265 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27267 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27269 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27270 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27271 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27272 commands to use in that buffer.
27274 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27276 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27278 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27279 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27281 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27283 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27284 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27285 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27286 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27287 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27288 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27289 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27290 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27291 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27292 use in that buffer.
27293 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27295 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22230
27300 ;;;;;; 48822 697219 0))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27303 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27304 Start coverage on function under point.
27310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22230 48822 862219
27312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27313 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27315 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27316 Play the Tetris game.
27317 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27318 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27319 as to form complete rows.
27321 tetris-mode keybindings:
27322 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27323 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27324 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27325 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27326 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27327 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27328 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27329 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27330 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22290 3771
27337 ;;;;;; 328245 500000))
27338 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27340 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27341 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27343 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27345 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27346 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27347 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27348 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27349 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27351 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27353 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27354 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27355 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27356 if it matches the first line of the file,
27357 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27359 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27361 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27362 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27363 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27364 if the variable is non-nil.")
27366 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27368 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27369 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27371 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27373 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27374 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27375 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27376 See the documentation of that variable.")
27378 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27380 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27381 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27382 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27383 See the documentation of that variable.")
27385 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27387 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27388 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27389 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27390 See the documentation of that variable.")
27392 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27394 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27395 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27396 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27397 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27398 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27400 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27402 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27403 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27404 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27405 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27407 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27409 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27410 User defined LaTeX block names.
27411 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27413 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27415 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27416 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27417 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27418 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27420 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27422 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27423 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27424 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27425 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27427 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27429 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27430 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27431 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27432 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27434 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27435 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27438 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27439 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27441 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27444 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27446 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27447 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27448 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27449 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27450 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27452 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27456 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27457 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27458 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27460 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27462 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27463 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27464 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27465 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27466 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27468 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27470 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27471 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27473 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27475 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27476 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27478 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27480 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27481 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27482 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27483 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27484 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27485 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27486 says which mode to use.
27490 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27492 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27494 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27496 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27497 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27498 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27499 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27500 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27502 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27503 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27504 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27505 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27506 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27507 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27508 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27510 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27511 mismatched $'s or braces.
27514 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27518 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27520 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27521 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27522 tex-dvi-print-command
27523 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27524 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27525 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27526 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27527 tex-dvi-view-command
27528 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27529 tex-show-queue-command
27530 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27531 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27533 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27534 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27535 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27539 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27540 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27541 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27542 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27543 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27545 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27546 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27547 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27548 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27549 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27550 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27551 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27553 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27554 mismatched $'s or braces.
27561 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27563 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27564 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27565 tex-dvi-print-command
27566 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27567 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27568 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27569 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27570 tex-dvi-view-command
27571 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27572 tex-show-queue-command
27573 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27574 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27576 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27577 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27578 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27582 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27583 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27584 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27585 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27586 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27588 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27589 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27590 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27591 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27592 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27593 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27594 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27596 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27597 mismatched $'s or braces.
27600 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27604 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27606 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27607 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27608 tex-dvi-print-command
27609 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27610 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27611 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27612 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27613 tex-dvi-view-command
27614 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27615 tex-show-queue-command
27616 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27617 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27619 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27620 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27621 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27622 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27626 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27631 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27632 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22266 10298
27640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27642 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27643 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27644 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27645 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27647 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27648 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27649 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27651 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27653 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27654 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27655 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27656 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27657 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27659 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27661 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27662 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27663 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27664 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27666 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27667 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27668 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27669 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27671 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27672 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27674 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22290 3771
27679 ;;;;;; 328245 500000))
27680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27682 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27683 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27685 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27687 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27688 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27690 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27692 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27693 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27695 It has these extra commands:
27696 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27698 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27699 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27700 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27701 modified version of TeX input format.
27703 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27704 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27705 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27706 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27708 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27709 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27710 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27711 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27712 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27713 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27714 in the Texinfo file.
27716 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27717 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27718 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27719 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27720 move forward past the closing brace.
27722 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27723 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27725 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27726 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27727 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27729 Here are the functions:
27731 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27732 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27733 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27735 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27736 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27737 texinfo-master-menu
27739 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27741 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27742 which menu descriptions are indented.
27744 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27745 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27748 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27749 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27750 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27751 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27753 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27754 be the first node in the file.
27756 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27757 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22230
27764 ;;;;;; 48822 774219 0))
27765 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27767 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27768 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27769 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27770 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27772 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27774 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27775 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27777 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27779 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27780 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27784 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27787 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22266 10298 488370
27793 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27795 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27796 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27797 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27798 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27799 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27800 `line', and `page'.
27802 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27804 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27805 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27806 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27807 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27808 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27809 `line', and `page'.
27811 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27814 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27815 positions of the thing found.
27817 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27819 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27820 Return the THING at point.
27821 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27822 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27823 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27824 `line', `number', and `page'.
27826 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27827 strip text properties from the return value.
27829 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27830 a symbol as a valid THING.
27832 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27834 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27835 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27839 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27840 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27844 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27845 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27849 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27850 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22230 48822 927218 0))
27857 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27859 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27860 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27864 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27865 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27866 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27867 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27869 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27872 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27876 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27877 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27881 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27883 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27884 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22230 48822
27892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27893 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22230
27898 ;;;;;; 48822 775219 0))
27899 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27901 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27902 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27903 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27907 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27908 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27910 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27912 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27913 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27914 The returned string has no composition information.
27916 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27918 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27919 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27921 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27923 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27924 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27926 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27928 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27929 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27930 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27931 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27933 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27935 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27936 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27937 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27938 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27940 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27942 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27943 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27944 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27948 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27949 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27950 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27954 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27957 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27959 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27962 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27964 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27967 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22230 48822
27973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27974 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27976 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27977 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27978 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27979 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27981 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27982 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27983 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27985 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27987 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27988 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27989 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27990 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27992 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27993 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27994 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27996 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27998 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27999 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28002 * character before point is a space character,
28003 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28005 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28006 characters) from before the space character, and
28007 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28008 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28012 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28013 * character before point is a space character, and
28014 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28015 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28016 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28018 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28022 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28023 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28025 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28026 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28027 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28028 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28030 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28031 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28032 variable will be set to the representation.
28034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22230 48822 927218 0))
28039 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28041 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28042 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28044 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28045 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28047 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28048 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28049 This display updates automatically every minute.
28050 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28051 are displayed as well.
28052 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28056 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28057 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28058 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28061 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28063 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28065 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28066 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28069 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28071 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28072 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28073 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28074 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28075 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28079 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28080 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28081 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28082 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28086 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28087 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28088 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28089 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28091 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28093 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28094 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22230
28101 ;;;;;; 48822 653220 0))
28102 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28104 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28105 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28106 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28108 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28109 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28110 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28111 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28112 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28113 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28115 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28116 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28118 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28120 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28121 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28123 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28125 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28126 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28127 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28129 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28131 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28132 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28133 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28134 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28136 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28137 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28138 DATE should be a date-time string.
28140 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28142 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28143 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28144 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28146 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28148 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28149 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28151 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28153 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28154 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28156 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28158 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28159 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28160 TIME should be a time value.
28161 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28163 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28165 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28166 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28167 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28169 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28171 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28172 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28173 The valid format specifiers are:
28174 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28175 %d is the number of days.
28176 %h is the number of hours.
28177 %m is the number of minutes.
28178 %s is the number of seconds.
28179 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28180 %% is a literal \"%\".
28182 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28183 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28185 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28186 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28187 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28189 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28190 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28191 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28193 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28195 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28197 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28198 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28200 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22290 3771 329245
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28207 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28208 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28209 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28210 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28211 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28212 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28213 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28214 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28216 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28217 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28218 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28219 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28220 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28221 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28222 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28223 look like one of the following:
28226 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28227 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28228 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28229 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28230 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28231 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28232 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28237 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28238 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28239 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22230
28246 ;;;;;; 48822 654220 0))
28247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28248 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28250 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28251 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28252 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28255 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28257 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28259 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28260 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28261 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28262 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28263 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28264 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28265 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28266 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28267 display (non-nil means on).
28269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28271 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28272 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28273 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28274 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28275 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28276 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28277 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28278 this function is called within a day.
28280 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28281 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28282 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28283 discover the name of the project.
28285 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28287 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28288 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28289 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28290 begun during the last time segment.
28292 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28293 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28294 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28295 discover the reason.
28297 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28299 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28300 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28301 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28302 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28303 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28305 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28307 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28308 Change to working on a different project.
28309 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28310 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28311 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28314 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28316 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28317 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28318 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28322 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28323 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28324 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28328 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28329 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28330 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28331 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28332 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28333 \"relative to today\".
28335 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28337 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28338 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28339 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28340 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28342 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28344 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28345 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28346 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28347 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28348 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28349 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28351 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28356 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 767219 0))
28357 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28359 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28360 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28361 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28362 the generated Quail package is saved.
28364 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28366 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28367 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28368 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28369 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28370 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28371 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28372 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28374 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22298 5692 419287 921000))
28379 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28380 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28381 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28383 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28384 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28385 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28386 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28387 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28389 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28390 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28391 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28393 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28395 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28396 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28397 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28398 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28399 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28401 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28403 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28404 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28405 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28406 in the menu in two ways:
28407 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28408 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28409 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28411 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28412 keymap or an alist of alists.
28413 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28414 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28416 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22290
28421 ;;;;;; 3781 414180 315000))
28422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28424 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28425 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28427 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28428 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28429 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28430 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28431 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28432 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28433 file was last visited.
28435 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28436 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28437 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28438 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28439 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28440 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28441 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28442 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28443 for the first item.
28445 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28446 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28447 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28448 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28449 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28450 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28451 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28452 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28454 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28455 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28456 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28457 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28458 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28460 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28461 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28463 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28465 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28466 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28472 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28473 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28475 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28479 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28480 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28482 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22230 48822 928218
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28492 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28493 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28494 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28498 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28499 Add an item to the tool bar.
28500 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28501 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28502 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28503 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28505 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28506 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28507 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28508 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28510 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28511 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28513 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28515 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28516 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28517 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28518 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28519 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28520 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28522 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28523 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28524 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28525 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28527 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28529 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28530 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28531 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28532 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28533 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28534 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28535 properties to add to the binding.
28537 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28539 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28540 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28542 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28544 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28545 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28546 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28547 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28548 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28549 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28550 properties to add to the binding.
28552 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28555 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22230 48822 698219
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28563 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28564 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28565 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28566 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28567 to a tcp server on another machine.
28569 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22230 48822
28575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28577 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28578 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28580 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28582 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28583 Helper function to get internal values.
28584 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28586 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28588 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28589 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28590 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28591 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28593 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28594 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28595 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28596 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28597 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28599 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28600 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28601 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28602 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28604 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28606 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28608 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28609 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28610 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28611 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28613 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28615 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22290 3781 421180 270000))
28620 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28622 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28623 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28624 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28626 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28628 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28629 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28631 It can have the following values:
28633 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28634 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28636 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28638 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28639 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28640 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28641 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28643 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28645 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28646 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28647 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28648 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28650 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28651 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28652 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28653 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28654 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28655 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28656 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28657 files which are not really Tramp files.
28659 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28660 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28661 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28662 updated after changing this variable.
28664 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28666 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28667 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28668 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28669 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28671 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28673 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28674 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28675 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28676 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28678 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28679 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28680 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28682 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28683 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28684 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28685 updated after changing this variable.
28687 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28689 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28690 Alist of completion handler functions.
28691 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28692 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28693 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28695 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28696 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28697 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28698 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28700 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28701 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28702 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28704 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28705 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28707 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28708 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28710 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28712 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28717 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28718 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28720 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28722 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28723 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28725 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28727 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28728 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22290 3771
28735 ;;;;;; 257245 959000))
28736 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28738 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22290 3771 261245
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28748 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22230 48822 928218
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28756 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28757 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28758 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28759 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28760 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28761 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28762 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28763 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28765 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28766 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28767 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28769 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28770 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28773 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22230 48822
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28781 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28784 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22230
28789 ;;;;;; 48822 927218 0))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28791 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28792 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28793 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28795 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28796 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28797 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28798 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28799 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28800 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28801 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28803 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28805 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28806 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28807 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28808 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28810 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28814 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28815 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28816 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28817 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28818 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28819 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28820 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28822 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28823 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28825 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28828 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28830 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22230 48822 928218
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28840 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28841 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28842 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28845 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28847 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28849 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28850 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28851 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28853 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28854 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28855 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28856 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28857 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28858 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28859 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28861 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28862 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28864 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28865 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28866 reset the keystroke counter.
28868 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28869 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28870 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28871 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28873 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28874 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28875 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28876 `type-break-schedule' command.
28878 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28879 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28880 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28881 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28882 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28883 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28884 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28885 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28886 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28888 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28889 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28890 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28891 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28892 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28894 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28895 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28896 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28897 approximate good values for this.
28899 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28900 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28902 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28903 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28904 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28905 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28906 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28907 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28909 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28910 a typing break occur. They include:
28912 `type-break-query-mode'
28913 `type-break-query-function'
28914 `type-break-query-interval'
28916 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28918 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28919 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28920 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28925 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28926 Take a typing break.
28928 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28929 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28931 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28932 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28936 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28937 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28938 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28939 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28943 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28944 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28946 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28947 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28948 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28949 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28950 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28951 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28952 average typing speed.)
28954 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28955 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28956 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28957 the computed maximum threshold.
28959 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28960 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28961 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28962 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28963 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28965 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22230 48822 793219 0))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28972 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28973 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28974 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28975 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28976 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28978 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28983 ;;;;;; (22230 48822 767219 0))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28986 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28987 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28989 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28991 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28992 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28994 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28996 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28997 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28999 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29001 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29002 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29004 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29006 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29007 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29009 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29011 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29012 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29014 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29016 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29017 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29019 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29021 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29022 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29024 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29026 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29027 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29029 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29031 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29032 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29034 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29036 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29037 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29039 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29041 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29042 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29044 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22230
29049 ;;;;;; 48822 927218 0))
29050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29052 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29053 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29054 Works by overstriking underscores.
29055 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29056 which specify the range to operate on.
29058 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29060 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29061 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29062 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29063 which specify the range to operate on.
29065 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22230 48822 793219
29071 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29073 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29074 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29075 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29076 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29077 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29078 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29082 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29083 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29084 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29086 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22230 48822
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29094 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29095 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29096 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29097 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29099 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22230 48822 932218 0))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29106 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29107 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29108 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29109 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29110 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29112 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29113 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29114 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29115 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29116 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29117 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29119 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29120 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29121 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29123 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29124 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29125 the callback is not called).
29127 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29128 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29129 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29132 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29133 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29135 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29136 URL-encoded before it's used.
29138 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29140 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29141 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29142 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29143 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29144 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29146 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22230 48822 929218
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29154 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29155 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29156 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29158 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29159 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29160 `url-generic-parse-url'
29161 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29162 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29163 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29165 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29166 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29167 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29168 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29169 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29170 what type of auth to use
29171 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29172 if one cannot be found in the cache
29174 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29176 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29177 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29179 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29180 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29181 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29182 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29183 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29184 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29185 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29186 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29188 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22230 48822
29194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29196 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29197 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29199 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29201 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29202 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29203 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29205 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29207 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29208 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29210 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22230 48822 929218
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29218 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29221 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22230 48822 930218
29227 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29229 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29230 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29231 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29233 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29236 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29237 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29238 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29240 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29241 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29242 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29245 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29247 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29248 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29249 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29251 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29256 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22230 48822 930218
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29264 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29265 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29267 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22290 3771 330245
29273 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29275 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29276 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29280 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29281 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29282 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29283 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29284 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29286 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29287 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29289 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22290
29294 ;;;;;; 3771 330245 487000))
29295 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29297 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29298 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29299 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29302 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29304 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29307 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29315 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29316 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29317 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29319 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29322 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29323 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29324 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29325 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29326 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29327 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29328 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29329 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29330 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29332 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29334 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29335 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29336 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29339 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29341 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29342 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29343 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29344 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29346 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29348 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29351 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22290 3771 331245
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29358 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29360 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29361 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29362 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29363 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29364 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22230 48822 931218
29370 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29372 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29375 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22230 48822 931218
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29383 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29384 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29385 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29386 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29387 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29389 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22230 48822
29395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29397 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29400 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29402 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29403 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29405 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22230 48822 931218
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29413 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29414 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29418 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29419 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29421 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29423 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29426 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29428 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29430 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29432 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29434 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29435 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29437 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22230 48822 931218
29443 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29445 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29448 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29450 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29453 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22230 48822 931218
29459 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29461 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29464 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29466 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29469 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29471 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29474 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29476 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29479 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29481 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29484 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29486 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29489 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29491 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29494 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22230 48822
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29502 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29503 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29505 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29507 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29508 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29509 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29511 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29512 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29513 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29514 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29515 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29516 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29517 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29518 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29519 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29520 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29521 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29522 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29523 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29524 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29526 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29527 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29528 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29530 Here is an example. The URL
29532 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29538 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29539 HOST = \"example.com\"
29541 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22230 48822
29552 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29554 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29555 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22290 3771
29562 ;;;;;; 331245 481000))
29563 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29565 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29566 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29567 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29568 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29569 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29570 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29572 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22230 48822
29578 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29580 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29581 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29582 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29584 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29586 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29587 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29588 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29589 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29591 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22290 3771 332245
29597 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29599 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29600 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29601 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29603 If t, all messages will be logged.
29604 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29605 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29607 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29609 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29612 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29614 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29617 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29619 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29620 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29621 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29622 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29623 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29629 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29631 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29632 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29633 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29635 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29637 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29638 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29639 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29641 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29643 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29644 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29646 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29648 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29649 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29653 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29654 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29658 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29661 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29663 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29666 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29668 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29670 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29671 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29673 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29675 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29676 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29678 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29680 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29683 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29685 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29686 Build a query-string.
29688 Given a QUERY in the form:
29695 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29697 This will return a string
29698 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29699 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29702 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29704 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29705 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29707 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29709 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29710 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29711 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29712 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29713 forbidden in URL encoding.
29715 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29717 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29718 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29719 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29720 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29721 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29722 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29724 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29725 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29726 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29727 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29729 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29732 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29733 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29734 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29735 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29736 should return it unchanged.
29738 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29740 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29741 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29742 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29743 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29745 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29747 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29748 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29749 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29751 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29753 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29754 View the current document's URL.
29755 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29758 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29760 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22230 48822 932218
29766 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29768 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29769 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29770 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29771 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29772 to refrain from editing the file
29773 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29774 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29775 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29776 in any way you like.
29778 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29780 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29781 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29782 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29783 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29784 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29786 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29787 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22230 48822
29795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29797 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29800 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29802 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29805 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29807 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29810 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29812 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29815 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22290 3771 224246 172000))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29822 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29823 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29825 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22230 48822
29831 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29833 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29834 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29835 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29836 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29838 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29840 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29841 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29842 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29844 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29846 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29847 Uudecode region between START and END.
29848 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29850 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22230 48822 941218 0))
29855 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29857 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29858 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29861 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29863 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29864 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29865 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29867 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29869 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29870 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29873 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29875 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29876 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29878 If FILE is already registered, return the
29879 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29880 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29881 responsible for FILE is returned.
29883 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29885 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29886 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29887 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29888 same state. If not, signal an error.
29890 For merging-based version control systems:
29891 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29892 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29893 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29894 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29895 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29896 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29898 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29899 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29900 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29901 the file(s) for editing.
29902 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29903 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29904 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29905 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29906 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29908 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29910 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29911 Register into a version control system.
29912 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29913 Otherwise register the current file.
29914 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29916 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29917 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29918 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29919 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29920 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29921 first backend that could register the file is used.
29923 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29925 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29926 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29928 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29930 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29931 Display diffs between file revisions.
29932 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29933 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29934 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29936 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29939 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29941 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29942 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29943 repository history using ediff.
29945 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29947 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29948 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29949 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29950 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29951 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29953 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29956 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29958 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29959 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29960 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29961 fileset with the working revision.
29962 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29963 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29965 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29968 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29970 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29971 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29972 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29976 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29977 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29978 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29979 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29983 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29984 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29985 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29986 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29990 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29991 Perform a version control merge operation.
29992 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29993 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29994 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29995 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29997 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29998 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29999 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30000 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30001 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30002 changes from the current branch.
30006 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30007 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30009 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30011 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30013 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30014 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30015 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30016 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30017 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30018 checked out in that new branch.
30020 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30022 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30023 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30024 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30025 named branch in the directory DIR.
30026 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30027 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30028 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30029 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30030 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30031 allowed and simply skipped).
30033 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30035 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30036 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30037 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30038 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30039 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30041 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30042 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30044 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30046 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30047 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30048 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30049 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30050 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30052 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30054 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30055 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30056 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30058 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30060 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30061 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30062 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30064 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30066 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30067 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30071 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30072 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30073 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30074 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30078 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30080 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30081 Update the current fileset or branch.
30082 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30083 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30084 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30085 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30088 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30089 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30090 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30091 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30092 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30096 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30098 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30099 Push the current branch.
30100 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30101 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30102 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30103 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30104 VCS command to run.
30106 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30107 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30111 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30112 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30113 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30114 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30115 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30116 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30117 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30119 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30121 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30122 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30123 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30124 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30125 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30126 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30127 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30128 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30129 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30131 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30133 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30134 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30135 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30136 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30140 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30141 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30142 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30143 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30145 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30147 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30148 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30149 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30152 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30154 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30155 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30156 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30158 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30159 log entries should be gathered.
30161 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30163 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30164 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30166 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22290 3781
30171 ;;;;;; 435180 179000))
30172 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30174 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30175 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30177 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30178 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30179 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30180 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30181 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30182 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30184 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30185 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30186 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30187 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30188 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30189 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30190 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30191 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30193 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30195 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30197 Customization variables:
30199 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30200 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30201 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30202 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30203 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30204 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30206 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22230 48822 938218
30212 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30214 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30215 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30217 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30218 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30219 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30220 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30222 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30223 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22230 48822 939218
30229 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30230 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30231 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30232 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30233 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30234 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30235 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22230 48822 939218
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30243 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30244 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30245 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30246 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30247 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30249 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30250 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30251 The file lines appear later.
30253 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30254 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30256 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30258 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30260 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22290
30265 ;;;;;; 3771 335245 455000))
30266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30268 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30269 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30270 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30271 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30272 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30273 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30274 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30275 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30276 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30277 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30278 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30279 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30280 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30281 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30282 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30284 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22290 3781 435180
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30291 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30292 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30293 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30295 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30296 (vc-git-registered file))))
30300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22290 3771 336245 448000))
30301 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30302 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30303 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30304 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30306 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30307 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22230 48822 940218
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30315 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30316 Name of the monotone directory.")
30318 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30319 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30320 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30321 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30323 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30324 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22230 48822 940218
30330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30332 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30333 Where to look for RCS master files.
30334 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30336 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30338 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22230 48822 941218
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30346 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30347 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30348 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30350 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30352 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30354 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30355 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30356 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30357 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22230 48822 941218
30363 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30365 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30366 Where to look for SRC master files.
30367 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30369 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30371 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22230 48822 941218
30377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30378 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30379 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30380 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30383 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30384 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30385 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22266
30390 ;;;;;; 10298 472370 0))
30391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30392 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30393 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30395 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30396 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30401 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30402 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30403 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30404 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30406 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30407 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30408 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30411 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30412 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30414 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30415 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30417 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30418 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30419 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30421 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30427 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30428 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30430 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30432 Official distribution is at
30433 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30436 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30437 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30449 ;;;;;; (22290 3771 307245 635000))
30450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30452 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30453 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30454 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30455 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30456 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30458 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30460 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30461 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30463 Supports highlighting.
30465 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30468 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30470 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30471 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30472 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30473 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30474 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30475 on the left side of your screen.
30476 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30477 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30478 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30479 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30480 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30481 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30483 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30484 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30485 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30486 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30489 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30490 Indentation for case statements.
30491 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30492 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30494 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30495 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30496 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30497 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30498 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30499 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30500 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30501 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30502 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30504 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30508 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30509 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30510 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30511 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30512 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30513 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30514 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30515 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30516 comments in tight quarters.
30517 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30518 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30520 Variables controlling other actions:
30522 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30523 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30524 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30526 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30528 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30530 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30531 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30532 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30534 Some other functions are:
30536 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30537 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30538 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30539 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30540 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30542 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30543 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30544 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30545 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30547 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30550 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30551 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30552 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30553 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30554 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30555 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30556 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30557 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30558 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30559 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30560 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30561 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30562 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30563 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30564 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30565 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30566 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30567 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30568 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30569 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30570 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30571 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30572 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30573 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30574 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30575 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30576 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30577 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30579 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30580 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30582 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22298
30589 ;;;;;; 5692 417287 929000))
30590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30592 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30593 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30598 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30599 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30600 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30601 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30602 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30603 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30604 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30605 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30606 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30608 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30609 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30610 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30611 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30613 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30614 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30615 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30616 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30617 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30619 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30620 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30624 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30625 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30626 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30630 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30631 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30632 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30633 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30635 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30636 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30637 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30638 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30639 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30643 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30644 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30645 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30646 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30648 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30649 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30650 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30651 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30652 beginning with \"std\").
30654 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30655 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30656 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30661 `--' puts a single comment.
30662 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30663 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30664 with a comment in between.
30665 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30666 out following lines.
30667 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30668 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30669 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30670 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30672 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30673 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30674 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30675 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30676 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30679 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30680 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30681 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30682 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30683 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30684 multi-line comments.
30688 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30689 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30690 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30691 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30694 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30695 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30696 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30697 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30699 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30700 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30701 tabs and vice versa.
30703 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30704 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30706 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30707 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30712 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30713 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30714 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30715 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30716 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30717 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30718 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30719 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30721 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30722 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30723 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30724 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30725 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30728 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30729 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30730 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30732 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30733 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30737 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30738 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30739 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30740 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30741 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30742 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30745 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30746 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30747 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30748 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30751 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30755 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30756 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30757 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30758 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30759 internal signal initializations (menu).
30761 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30762 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30763 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30765 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30766 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30767 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30768 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30769 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30770 in subsequent paste operations.)
30772 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30773 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30774 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30777 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30778 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30779 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30780 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30781 association list with formals).
30784 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30785 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30786 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30787 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30788 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30789 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30790 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30791 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30796 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30800 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30804 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30805 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30806 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30808 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30809 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30812 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30813 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30814 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30815 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30817 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30818 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30819 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30821 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30822 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30823 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30824 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30826 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30827 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30828 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30829 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30830 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30832 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30833 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30834 required by secondary units.
30837 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30838 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30839 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30840 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30841 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30842 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30843 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30844 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30845 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30846 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30847 inputs to this component -> input port created
30848 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30849 outputs from this component -> output port created
30850 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30851 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30853 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30854 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30855 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30856 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30857 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30859 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30860 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30862 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30863 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30864 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30865 component instantiation is also supported (option
30866 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30868 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30869 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30870 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30871 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30872 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30873 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30874 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30875 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30876 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30877 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30878 generating the configuration.
30880 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30881 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30882 configurations in speedbar.
30884 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30887 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30888 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30889 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30890 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30891 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30892 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30893 information. New compilers can be added.
30895 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30896 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30899 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30900 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30901 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30902 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30903 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30905 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30908 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30909 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30910 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30912 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30913 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30914 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30915 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30916 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30917 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30918 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30919 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30920 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30923 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30924 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30925 not (yet) supported.
30926 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30927 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30928 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30932 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30933 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30934 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30935 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30936 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30937 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30938 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30939 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30941 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30942 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30943 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30944 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30945 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30946 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30947 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30948 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30949 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30950 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30951 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30955 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30956 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30957 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30958 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30959 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30960 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30961 current directory for VHDL source files.
30965 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30966 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30970 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30971 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30972 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30973 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30974 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30975 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30976 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30977 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30980 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30981 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30982 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30983 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30984 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30985 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30986 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30988 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30989 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30990 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30991 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30992 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30993 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30995 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30996 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30997 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30998 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30999 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31002 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31003 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31004 highlighted if written in lower case.
31006 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31007 highlighted using a different background color if option
31008 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31010 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31011 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31012 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31013 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31014 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31018 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31019 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31020 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31024 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31025 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31026 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31027 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31028 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31032 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31033 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31035 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31036 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31037 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31038 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31039 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31040 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31041 (used to obtain the port names).
31042 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31043 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31048 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31049 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31053 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31054 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31055 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31056 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31057 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31058 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31059 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31064 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31065 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31066 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31067 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31068 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31070 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31071 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31072 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31073 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31074 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31077 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31078 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31082 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31083 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31084 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31086 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31090 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31091 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31093 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31095 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31097 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31101 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31107 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31108 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31110 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31112 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31113 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31114 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31115 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31117 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31118 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31119 where the latest version can be found.
31125 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31126 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31127 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31128 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31131 The VHDL Mode Authors
31132 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22230
31144 ;;;;;; 48822 776219 0))
31145 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31147 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31148 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31150 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31152 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31153 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31154 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31155 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31157 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31159 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31160 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31164 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31165 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31166 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31167 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31171 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31172 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31176 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31179 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31181 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31184 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22230 48822 942218 0))
31189 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31191 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31192 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31193 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31195 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31197 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31198 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31199 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31200 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31202 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31204 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31205 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31207 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31209 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31210 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31212 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31213 moving around in the buffer.
31214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31215 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31221 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31222 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31223 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31224 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31230 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31236 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31237 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31238 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31239 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31244 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31246 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31252 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31253 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31254 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31255 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31256 moving around in the buffer.
31257 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31258 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31260 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31262 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31263 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31264 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31266 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31267 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31268 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31269 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31271 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31272 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31273 own View-like bindings.
31275 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31277 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31278 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31279 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31280 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31281 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31282 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31283 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31285 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31287 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31289 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31290 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31291 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31293 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31294 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31295 own View-like bindings.
31297 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31299 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31300 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31301 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31302 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31303 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31304 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31305 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31307 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31309 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31311 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31312 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31313 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31315 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31316 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31317 own View-like bindings.
31319 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31321 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31322 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31323 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31324 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31325 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31327 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31328 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31329 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31330 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31334 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31335 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31336 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31337 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31338 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31339 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31340 to a repeat count of one.
31342 H, h, ? This message.
31343 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31344 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31345 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31346 > move to the end of buffer.
31347 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31348 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31349 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31350 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31351 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31352 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31353 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31354 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31355 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31356 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31357 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31358 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31359 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31360 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31361 Use this to view a changing file.
31362 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31363 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31364 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31366 x exchanges point and mark.
31367 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31368 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31369 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31370 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31371 ' go to position saved in character register.
31372 s do forward incremental search.
31373 r do reverse incremental search.
31374 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31375 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31376 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31377 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31378 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31379 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31380 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31381 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31382 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31383 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31384 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31385 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31386 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31387 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31388 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31389 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31390 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31392 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31393 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31394 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31395 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31396 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31397 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31398 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31399 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31400 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31402 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31406 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31407 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31408 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31409 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31410 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31411 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31412 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31413 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31414 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31416 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31418 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31420 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31421 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31422 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31423 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31424 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31425 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31427 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31428 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31429 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31431 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31433 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31435 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31437 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31438 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22230 48822 702219
31446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31447 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31449 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31450 Toggle Viper on/off.
31451 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31455 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31456 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22230
31463 ;;;;;; 48822 698219 0))
31464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31466 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31467 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31468 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31469 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31470 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31471 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31472 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31473 the beginning of the warning.")
31475 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31476 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31477 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31478 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31479 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31480 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31481 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31482 also call that function before the next warning.")
31484 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31485 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31487 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31488 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31489 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31490 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31492 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31493 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31494 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31495 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31496 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31497 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31499 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31500 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31501 Default is :warning.
31503 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31504 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31505 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31506 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31507 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31508 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31510 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31511 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31512 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31514 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31516 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31517 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31519 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31521 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31522 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31523 \\<special-mode-map>
31524 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31525 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31527 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31528 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31529 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31530 can be whatever you like.)
31532 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31533 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31535 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31536 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31537 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31538 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31539 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31541 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31543 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31544 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31545 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31546 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31547 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31549 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22290 3771 338245 435000))
31554 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31555 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31557 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31558 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31559 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31560 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31561 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31562 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31563 directories to reflect your edits.
31571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22230 48822 817219
31573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31575 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31576 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31578 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31581 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22290
31589 ;;;;;; 3771 309245 623000))
31590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31591 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31592 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31594 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31596 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31597 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31598 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31601 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31603 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31605 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31606 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31607 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31608 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31609 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31611 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31612 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31613 in certain major modes.
31615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22230 48822 943218
31621 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31622 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31624 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31625 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31627 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31628 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31630 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31631 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31635 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31636 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31638 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31639 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31641 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31642 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31643 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31644 use `whitespace-mode'.
31646 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31650 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31651 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31652 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31655 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31657 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31659 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31660 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31662 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31663 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31665 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31666 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31670 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31671 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31672 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31674 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31675 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31677 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31679 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31680 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31682 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31683 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31685 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31686 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31687 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31688 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31690 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31694 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31695 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31697 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31698 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31700 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31701 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31703 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31707 f toggle face visualization
31708 t toggle TAB visualization
31709 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31710 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31711 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31712 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31713 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31714 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31715 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31716 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31717 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31718 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31719 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31720 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31721 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31722 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31723 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31724 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31726 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31727 T toggle TAB visualization
31728 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31729 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31731 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31732 ? display brief help
31734 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31735 The valid symbols are:
31737 face toggle face visualization
31738 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31739 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31740 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31741 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31742 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31743 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31744 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31745 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31746 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31747 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31748 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31749 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31750 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31751 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31752 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31753 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31754 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31756 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31757 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31758 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31760 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31762 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31766 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31767 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31769 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31770 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31772 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31773 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31775 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31779 f toggle face visualization
31780 t toggle TAB visualization
31781 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31782 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31783 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31784 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31785 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31786 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31787 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31788 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31789 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31790 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31791 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31792 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31793 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31794 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31795 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31796 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31798 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31799 T toggle TAB visualization
31800 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31801 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31803 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31804 ? display brief help
31806 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31807 The valid symbols are:
31809 face toggle face visualization
31810 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31811 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31812 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31813 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31814 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31815 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31816 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31817 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31818 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31819 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31820 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31821 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31822 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31823 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31824 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31825 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31826 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31828 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31829 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31830 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31832 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31834 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31838 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31839 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31841 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31842 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31843 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31844 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31845 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31847 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31849 The problems cleaned up are:
31851 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31852 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31854 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31856 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31857 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31858 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31859 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31861 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31862 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31863 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31864 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31866 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31867 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31868 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31869 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31870 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31871 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31872 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31873 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31875 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31876 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31877 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31879 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31880 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31881 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31882 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31883 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31884 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31885 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31886 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31888 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31893 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31894 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31896 The problems cleaned up are:
31898 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31899 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31900 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31901 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31903 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31904 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31906 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31908 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31909 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31910 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31911 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31912 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31913 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31915 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31917 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31919 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31921 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31922 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31923 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31924 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31925 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31926 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31928 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31930 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31933 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31935 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31936 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31938 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31940 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31942 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31943 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31945 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31948 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31949 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31950 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31958 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31959 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31962 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31964 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31965 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31966 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31967 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31968 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31969 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31970 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31972 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31973 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31974 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31975 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31976 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31977 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31978 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31980 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31981 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31982 cleaning up these problems.
31984 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22230 48822 943218
31990 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31992 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31993 Browse the widget under point.
31997 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31998 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32000 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32002 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32003 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32005 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32007 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32008 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32010 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32011 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22230 48822 944218
32019 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32021 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32022 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32024 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32026 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32027 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32028 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32030 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32032 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32033 Create widget of TYPE.
32034 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32036 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32038 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32041 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32043 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32044 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32046 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32048 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32049 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32050 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32051 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32053 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32054 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22230 48822 944218
32062 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32064 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32065 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32066 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32067 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32068 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32069 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32070 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32074 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32075 Select the window above the current one.
32076 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32077 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32078 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32079 negative ARG) of the current window.
32080 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32084 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32085 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32086 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32087 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32088 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32089 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32090 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32094 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32095 Select the window below the current one.
32096 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32097 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32098 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32099 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32100 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32104 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32105 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32106 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32107 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32109 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22230 48822 945218 0))
32114 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32116 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32117 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32118 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32121 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32123 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32125 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32126 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32128 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32129 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32130 \\{winner-mode-map}
32132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22261 18214 542020 0))
32137 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32138 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32140 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32141 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32142 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32143 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32144 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32146 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32148 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32149 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32150 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32151 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32152 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32153 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32154 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32155 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32157 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32158 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32160 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32162 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32163 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32167 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32168 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32169 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32170 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32171 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32172 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32173 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32174 `woman' command for further details.
32176 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32178 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32179 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32181 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22266 10298 491370 0))
32186 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32188 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32189 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32190 Return the top node with all its children.
32191 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32193 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32194 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32195 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32197 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32199 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32200 namespace to URIs instead.
32202 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32203 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32205 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32207 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32209 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32211 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32212 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32213 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32214 not contain well-formed XML.
32216 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32217 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32218 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32219 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32220 element of the list.
32221 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32222 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32223 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32225 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32227 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32228 namespace to URIs instead.
32230 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32231 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32233 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32235 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32237 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22290 3771 264245
32243 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32245 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32246 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32247 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32248 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32249 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32250 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32251 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32252 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32253 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32254 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32256 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22290 3781 433180
32262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32264 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32269 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32270 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32274 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32275 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32279 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32280 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32281 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32284 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32285 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32286 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32287 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32289 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32291 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32292 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32294 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32296 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32297 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32299 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32301 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32302 Find references to the identifier at point.
32303 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32305 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32307 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32308 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32309 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32311 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32312 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32313 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32314 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32315 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32316 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32317 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32319 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32320 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32321 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32322 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32324 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22290 3781 436180
32330 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32332 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32333 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32334 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32336 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32337 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32339 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32341 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32342 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32343 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32344 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32345 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32347 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32348 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32349 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32350 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32351 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32352 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22290 3781 436180 173000))
32359 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32361 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32362 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32363 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32364 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32366 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22290 3771 224246 172000))
32371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32373 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32374 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32376 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32378 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32379 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22230 48822 862219 0))
32386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32388 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32389 Zone out, completely.
32395 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "format-spec.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/4Corner.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el" "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el" "leim/quail/ETZY.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el" "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el" "leim/quail/QJ.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el" "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-cns.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22298 22322 823955 245000))
32626 (provide 'loaddefs)
32627 ;; Local Variables:
32628 ;; version-control: never
32629 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32630 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32633 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here